TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD

GUJARAT STATE
GANDHINAGAR

CURRICULUM FOR

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IN

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (02)

SEMESTER SYSTEM 2005-06

DEVELOPED BY

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CENTRE

R.C.T.I. CAMPUS,
TECHNOLOGY BHAVAN,
2ND FLOOR,SOLA,
AHMEDABAD-60
TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD, GUJARAT STATE ,GANDHINAGAR
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE FOR SEMESTER SYSTEM
DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [ 02 ]

Semester First
Semester Teaching Examination Scheme
Sr
Course Name of course Scheme
No
code Lect Pract. Hr. Th. Pract. T.W Total
1. S-101 Communication Skills 4 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
2. S-102 Mathematics-I 4 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
3. S-103 Applied Science-I[Physics] 2 -- 2 50 -- -- 50
4. S-104 Engineering Measurements-I -- 2 -- -- -- 50 50
5. S-105 Engineering Drawing 2 4 4 100 -- 50 150
6. S-106 Engineering Mechanics 3 2 3 100 -- 25 125
7. S-107 Computer Applications -- 4 -- -- 50 50 100
8. S-126 Essentials of Environment & Seismic Engineering 3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
18 12 550 50 175 775
Semester Second
1. S-201 Mathematics-II 3 -- 2 50 -- -- 50
2. S-202 Applied Science-II[Chemistry] 2 -- 2 50 -- -- 50
3. S-203 Work-Shop -- 4 -- -- -- 50 50
4. S-204 Elements of Civil Engineering 2 2 2 50 -- 25 75
5. S-206 Elements of Electrical Engineering 2 2 2 50 -- 25 75
6. S-207 Engineering Measurements-II -- 2 -- -- -- 50 50
7. S-224 Non Conventional Energy Sources 3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
8. SM/SMKT/SMET-251 Mechanical Drafting 2 8 4 100 -- 50 150
14 18 400 -- 200 600
Semester Third
1. S-301 Human Resource Management 3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
2. SM-302 Manufacturing Process-I 4 4 3 100 -- 50 150
3. SM-303 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines 3 2 3 100 -- 25 125
4. SM-304 Thermodynamics 3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
5. SM-305 Theory of Machines 4 2 3 100 -- 25 125
6. SM/SMKT-306 Materials Technology 3 2 3 100 -- 25 125
20 10 600 -- 125 725
Semester Fourth
1. S-401 Entrepreneurship Development 3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
2. SM/SMKT-402 Strength of Materials 3 2 3 100 -- 25 125
3. SM-403 Manufacturing Process-II 4 4 3 100 -- 50 150
4. SM/SMKT-404 Plant Maintenance & Safety 3 2 3 100 -- 25 125
5. SM/SMKT-405 Metrology & Instrumentation 4 4 3 100 50 25 175
17 12 500 50 125 675
Semester Fifth
1. SM-501 Machine Tools Technology 4 4 3 100 50 25 175
2. SM/SE/SCH/SCR/ Industrial Management
3 -- 3 100 -- -- 100
SMET-502/SP-702
3. SM/SMKT-503 Tool Engineering 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
4. SM-504 Estimating , Costing & Contracting 2 2 3 100 -- 25 125
5. SM-505 Design of Machine Element 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
6. SM-506 Thermal Engineering 4 2 3 100 50 25 175
19 12 600 200 125 925
Semester Sixth
1. SM-601 Advance Manufacturing System 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
2. SM-602 Project(With Seminar) -- 8 -- -- 50 50 100
3. SM-603 Power Plant Engineering 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
4. SM-604 Industrial Engineering 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
5. SM-605 Computer Aided Drafting/ Computer Aided
3 2 3 100 50 25 175
Manufacturing (CAD / CAM)
Elective - Any One from following courses
I SM-606 Refrigeration & Air-conditioning 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
II SM/SA-607 Hydraulics and Pneumatic Devices 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
III SM-608 Operations Management 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
IV SM-609 Fabrication Technology 3 2 3 100 50 25 175
15 18 500 300 175 975

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CENTRE 2005-06

AHMEDABAD
T[.p. bi[Dˆni p(rp #i k\mi>k:- Tpb/2006/c-1/s[m[ATr AT^kcr/118 ti. 16/12/2006
TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD, GANDHINAGAR
EQUIVALENT COURSES FOR MPE&CS TO SEMESTER SYSTEM
DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [02]

SEMESTER-I SEMESTER-II
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 S-101 151 Communication Skills 1 S-201 156 Mathematics-II
2 S-102 155 Mathematics-I 2 S-202 158 Applied Science-II[Chemistry]
3 S-103 157 Applied Science-I[Physics] 3 S-203 252/202 Work-Shop
4 S-104 159 Engineering Measurements-I 4 S-204 257-C Elements of Civil Engineering
5 S-105 251/201 Engineering Drawing 5 S-206 257-E Elements of Electrical
Engineering
6 S-106 253/203 Engineering Mechanics 6 S-207 259 Engineering Measurements-II

7 S-107 258 Computer Applications 7 S-224 354/304 Non Conventional Energy

Sources
8 S-126 275 Essentials of Environment & Seismic 8 SM/SMKT/SM MET/MKT/M- Mechanical Drafting
Engineering ET-251 451 M-401
MET-410

SEMESTER-III SEMESTER-IV
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 S-301 256 Human Resource Management 1 S-401 356/306 Entrepreneurship Development

2 SM-302 M-452/402 Manufacturing Process-I 2 SM/SMKT- M/MKT-454 Strength of Materials

402 M-404
3 SM-303 M-456/407 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic 3 SM-403 M-453/403 Manufacturing Process-II
Machines
4 SM-304 M-458/409 Thermodynamics 4 SM/SMKT- M/MKT-554 Plant Maintenance & Safety
404 M-504
5 SM-305 M-455/406 Theory of Machines 5 SM/SMKT- M/MKT-553 Metrology & Instrumentation
MKT-463 405 M-503
6 SM/SMKT- M-457/408 Materials Technology
306 MKT-456

SEMESTER-V SEMESTER-VI
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 SM-501 M-551 Machine Tools Technology 1 SM-601 M-654 Advance Manufacturing System

2 Industrial Management 2 SM-602 M-556/506 Project(With Seminar)

SM/SE/SCH/ M/E//CH/CR/
SCR/SMET- P/MET-552
502/SP-702 M-502
3 SM/SMKT- M/MKT-653 Tool Engineering 3 SM-603 M-651/606 Power Plant Engineering
503 M-605
4 SM-504 Estimating , Costing & Contracting 4 SM-604 M-555/505 Industrial Engineering
M-558/508
5 SM-505 M-557/507 Design of Machine Element 5 SM-605 M-658/604 Computer Aided Drafting/
Computer Aided Manufacturing
A-658 (CAD / CAM)
6 SM-506 M-559/509 Thermal Engineering I SM-606 M-652/603 Refrigeration & Air-conditioning

II SM/SA-607 ----------- Hydraulics and Pneumatic

III SM-608 M-657 Operations Management

IV SM-609 M-661/601 Fabrication Technology

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CENTRE

AHMEDABAD 2005-06
TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD, GUJARAT STATE ,GANDHINAGAR
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE FOR SEMESTER SYSTEM (DLM)
DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [ 902 ]

Semester First
Semester Contact Examination Scheme
Sr
Course Name of course Hours
No
code T P Hr. Th. Pract. T.W Total
1. S-101 Communication Skills 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
2. S-102 Mathematics-I 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
3. S-103 Applied Science-I[Physics] 1 0 2 50 -- -- 50
4. S-105 Engineering Drawing 3 40 4 100 -- 50 150
5. S-106 Engineering Mechanics 3 16 3 100 -- 25 125
6. S-203 Work-Shop 0 30 -- -- -- 50 50
13 86 450 -- 125 575
Semester Second
1. S-201 Mathematics-II 1 0 2 50 -- -- 50
2. S-202 Applied Science-II[Chemistry] 1 0 2 50 -- -- 50
3. S-204 Elements of Civil Engineering 1 16 2 50 -- 25 75
4. S-206 Elements of Electrical Engineering 1 16 2 50 -- 25 75
5. SM-251 Mechanical Drafting 3 60 4 100 -- 50 150
7 92 300 -- 100 400
Semester Third
1. S-104 Engineering Measurements-I 0 20 -- -- -- 50 50
2. S-126 Essentials of Environment & Seismic 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
Engineering
3. SM-302 Manufacturing Process-I 3 30 3 100 -- 50 150
4. SM-303 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines 3 20 3 100 -- 25 125
5. SM-306 Materials Technology 3 20 3 100 -- 25 125
12 90 400 -- 150 550
Semester Fourth
1. S-207 Engineering Measurements-II 0 20 -- -- -- 50 50
2. S-224 Non Conventional Energy Sources 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
3. SM-402 Strength of Materials 3 20 3 100 -- 25 125
4. SM-403 Manufacturing Process-II 3 40 3 100 -- 50 150
5. SM-405 Metrology & Instrumentation 3 24 3 100 50 25 175
12 104 400 50 150 600
Semester Fifth
1. S-107 Computer Applications 0 40 -- -- 50 50 100
2. S-301 Human Resource Management 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
3. SM-304 Thermodynamics 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
4. SM-305 Theory of Machines 3 20 3 100 -- 25 125
5. SM-501 Machine Tools Technology 3 25 3 100 50 25 175
6. SM-502 Industrial Management 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
15 85 500 100 100 700
Semester Sixth
1. SM-404 Plant Maintenance & Safety 3 20 3 100 -- 25 125
2. SM-604 Industrial Engineering 3 25 3 100 50 25 175
3. SM-605 Computer Aided Drafting/ Computer Aided
3 22 3 100 50 25 175
Manufacturing (CAD / CAM)
4. SM-606 Refrigeration & Air-conditioning 3 22 3 100 50 25 175
12 89 400 150 100 650
Semester Seventh
1. SM-503 Tool Engineering 3 22 3 100 50 25 175
2. SM-504 Estimating , Costing & Contracting 3 25 3 100 -- 25 125
3. SM-505 Design of Machine Element 3 20 3 100 50 25 175
4. SM-506 Thermal Engineering 3 25 3 100 50 25 175
12 92 400 150 100 650
Semester Eighth
1. S-401 Entrepreneurship Development 3 0 3 100 -- -- 100
2. SM-601 Advance Manufacturing System 3 22 3 100 50 25 175
3. SM-602 Project(With Seminar) 0 50 -- -- 50 50 100
4. SM-603 Power Plant Engineering 3 22 3 100 50 25 175
9 94 300 150 100 550

CONTINUING EDUCATION CENTRE 2005-06

AHMEDABAD
T[.p. bi[Dˆni p(rp #i k\mi>k:- Tpb/2006/c-1/s[m[ATr AT^kcr/118 ti. 16/12/2006
TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD, GANDHINAGAR
EQUIVALENT COURSES FOR MPE&CS TO SEMESTER SYSTEM (DLM)
DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [902]

SEMESTER-I SEMESTER-II
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 S-101 151 Communication Skills 1 S-201 156 Mathematics-II
2 S-102 155 Mathematics-I 2 S-202 158 Applied Science-II[Chemistry]
3 S-103 157 Applied Science-I[Physics] 3 S-204 257-C Elements of Civil Engineering
4 S-105 251/201 Engineering Drawing 4 S-206 257-E Elements of Electrical
Engineering
5 S-106 253/203 Engineering Mechanics 5 SM-251 M-451/401 Mechanical Drafting
6 S-203 252/202 Work-Shop

SEMESTER-III SEMESTER-IV
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 S-104 159 Engineering Measurements-I 1 S-207 259 Engineering Measurements-II

2 S-126 275 Essentials of Environment & Seismic 2 S-224 354/304 Non Conventional Energy
Engineering Sources
3 SM-302 M-452/402 Manufacturing Process-I 3 SM-402 M-454/404 Strength of Materials
4 SM-303 M-456/407 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic 4 SM-403 M-453/403 Manufacturing Process-II
5 M-457/408 M hi
Materials Technology 5 M-553/-503 Metrology & Instrumentation
SM-306 SM-405

SEMESTER-V SEMESTER-VI
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 S-107 258 Computer Applications 1 SM-404 M-554/504 Plant Maintenance & Safety
2 S-301 256 Human Resource Management 2 SM-604 M-555/505 Industrial Engineering
3 SM-304 M-458/409 Thermodynamics 3 SM-605 M-658/604 Computer Aided Drafting/
Computer Aided Manufacturing
(CAD / CAM)
4 SM-305 M-455/406 Theory of Machines 4 SM-606 M-652/603 Refrigeration & Air-conditioning

5 SM-501 M-551 Machine Tools Technology

6 SM-502 M-552/502 Industrial Management

SEMESTER-VII SEMESTER-VIII
Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE Sr. SEMESTER MPE&CS NAME OF COURSE
No. CODE CODE No. CODE CODE
1 SM-503 M-653/605 Tool Engineering 1 S-401 356/306 Entrepreneurship Development

2 SM-504 M-558/508 Estimating , Costing & Contracting 2 SM-601 M-654 Advance Manufacturing System

3 SM-505 M-557/507 Design of Machine Element 3 SM-602 M-556/506 Project(With Seminar)

4 SM-506 M-559/509 Thermal Engineering 4 SM-603 M-651/606 Power Plant Engineering
COURSE CODE : S-101
COURSE NAME : COMMUNICATION SKILLS

1. RATIONALE :
Proficiency in Communication skills is one of the basic needs of technical students. A
technician has to communicate all the time with peers, superiors, subordinates and clients in his
professional life.
A study conducted by the Curriculum Development Centre has revealed that the Diploma
passouts do not possess adequate communication skills in English. The industry survey have
accorded high priority to the following basic communication skills:
1. Express ideas effectively in English in oral form.
2. Express views in English in written form effectively.
3. Write brief and precise process proposals and reports.
4. Write letters of different types.
5. Lead group discussions and meetings independently in English.
The Curriculum of ‘Communication Skills’ course has been revised following the need
based approach. This curriculum aims at developing the following two communication skills.
1. Express ideas effectively in English in oral form, and
2. Express views in English in written form effectively.
The remaining skills will be developed through other technical courses of the diploma
programmes.
While teaching this course the model (Practice - Feedback - Practice) will be adopted.
Thus the language skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing) which facilitate effective
communication, will be developed among the students. More emphasis will be laid on developing
communication skills in classroom instruction.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-101Communication 4 – 100 – – 100
skills
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
[Link]. TOPICS THEORY HOURS
1. Passage for comprehension 20
2. Short stories 06
3. Grammar 10
4. Summary and Comprehension of unseen passages 09
5. Conversation Practice 11
Grand Total 56 hours
4. OBJECTIVES :
1.0 EXPRESS IDEAS EFFECTIVELY IN ENGLISH IN ORAL FORM.
2.0 EXPRESS VIEWS IN ENGLISH IN WRITTEN FORM EFFECTIVELY.
5. TOPICS :
TOPIC 1.0 PASSAGES FOR COMPREHENSION.
Passages for comprehension from part one of the text book.
1. The Language of Science.
2. My Thousandth Goal.
3. New Wonders in Cameras.
4. Rip Van Winkle Comes to Town.
5. Safety Practices.
6. The Robotic Revolution.
7. Entrepreneurship.
OBJECTIVE :
1.0 EXPRESS IDEAS EFFECTIVELY IN ENGLISH IN ORAL FORM.
To achieve above objective following activites are to be carried out.
1.1 Ask pertinent questions as well as to answer them.
1.2 Follow oral instructions and interpret them to others.
1.3 Explain salient features of product / process.
1.4 Read by word groups rather than word by word both in silent as well as oral reading.
1.5 Present oral summary of topics read or heard.
1.6 Use dictionaries and other reference books.
1.7 Adjust the speed of reading for newspapers, textbooks, letters etc.
OBJECTIVE :
2.0 EXPRESS VIEWS IN ENGLISH IN WRITTEN FORM EFFECTIVELY.
To achieve above objective following activites are to be carried out.
2.1 Write single sentence/multiple sentences answers to questions.
2.2 Take down lecture notes while listening.
2.3 Develop detailed write ups from lecture notes.
2.4 Comprehend main ideas and reproduce them.
2.5 Describe an object, process or procedure .
2.6 Write summary, or passage or an article.
2.7 Write precise of unseen passages.
2.8 Write free composition on various topics.
2.9 Write guided composition on different topics.
2.10 Given a passage use substitutes for identified words and expressions.
2.11 Draw out relationship between details and main points.
TOPIC 2.0 : SHORT STORIES :
Short stories from part two of the text book:
1.0 The Male Factor
2.0 An Astrologer’s Day
3.0 The Last Leaf
OBJECTIVE :
1.0 EXPRESS IDEAS EFFECTIVELY IN ENGLISH IN ORAL FORM.
To achieve above objective following activites are to be carried out.
1.1 Ask pertinent questions as well as to answer them.
1.2 Follow oral instructions and interpret them to others.
1.3 Explain salient features of product/process.
1.4 Read by word groups rather than word by word both in silent as well as oral reading.
1.5 Present oral summary of topics read or heard.
1.6 Use dictionaries and other reference books.
1.7 Adjust the speed of reading for newspaper, text book, letters etc.
OBJECTIVE :
2.0 EXPRESS VIEWS IN ENGLISH IN WRITTEN FORM EFFECTIVELY.
To achieve above objective following activites are to be carried out.
2.1 Write single sentence/multiple sentences answers to questions.
2.2 Take down lectures notes while listening.
2.3 Develop detailed writeups from lecture notes.
2.4 Comprehend main ideas and reproduce them.
2.5 Write summary of passage or an article
2.6 Write precise of unseen passages.
2.7 Write guided composition on different topics.
2.8 Write the composition on various topics.
2.9 Given a passage use substitutes for identified words and expressions.
2.10 Draw out relationship between details and main points
2.11 Restate main points/theme from what is read.
TOPIC 3.0 : GRAMMAR :
Grammer form part three of the text book:
1. Determiners
2. Auxiliary Verbs
3. Tenses
4. Tenses in Conditional Sentences
5. Subject Verb Agreement
6. The Passive
7. Infinitives
8. Prepositions
9. Clauses and connectors
List of supportive skills to be developed through this part
1. Construct grammatically correct sentences.
2. Use grammatical items in sentences.
3. Use grammatical items in paragraph writing.
LANGUAGE COMPONENTS :
Language components form [Link]. 1 to 5 should be integrated while teaching selected
passages and stories from Part One and Part Two of the Text Book.
Unseen passages on technical and general topics should be selected from other sources in
order to develop stated skills / activities.( It includes topic 4)
1. VOCABULARY ITEMS :
1.1 Word forms.
1.2 One word substitute.
1.3 Phrases.
1.4 Pairs of words.
Supportive skills
1. Use words and expressions appropriate to audience (peers, superiors, subordinates and
others).
2. Read/write new words from various media.
3. Enrich vocabulary through reading.
4. Use dictionaries and other reference books.
5. Use word formation devices (prefixes, suffixes) and lexical inflections.
6. Given a passage use substitutes for identified words and expressions.
7. Use new words in sentences.
2. PASSAGES FOR COMPREHENSION :
Activities/Major skills as listed in topic One/Two
* Supportive skills.
2.1 Write single sentence answers to questions.
2.2 Write multiple sentence answers to questions.
3. PARAGRAPHS FOR SUMMARISING :
* Supportive skills
3.1 Write precise of the given passage in one third of its length.
3.2 Write a suitable title to the precise.
4. GUIDED AND FREE COMPOSITION :
* Supportive skills
4.1 Write short paragraphs from given points/words.
4.2 Give a suitable title to the paragraph.
5. GRAMMER : From part three of the text-book
5.1 Tenses :
5.1.1 All tenses
5.1.2 Infinitives, Participles, and Gerunds
Supportive skills :
1. Use correct tenses in sentences
2. Use sequence of tenses in sentences
5.2 Subject Verb Agreement :
Supportive Skills :
1. Use singular and plural verb forms.
2. Write correct verb to agree with the subject in sentences.
5.3 Passive :
5.3.1 All types of sentences i.e. statements, Questions, Imperatives and infinitives
Supportive Skills :
1. Use correct passive voice in sentences.
2. Change voice in the given sentences.
5.4 Auxiliaries :
5.4.1 Anomalour Finites
5.4.2 Models
Supportive Skills :
1. Use anomalous finites in different types of sentences.
2. Use anomalous finites to avoid repetition.
3. Use different models in different contexts
5.5 Determiners :
5.5.1 Articles
5.5.2 Some, any ; all No. & None; Much, Many, A little, A few
Supportive skills :
1. Use correct articles in the sentences
2. Use different determiners in the sentences
5.6 Prepositions :
5.6.1 Time, Direction, Place, Position, agent, relation.
Supportive skills :
1. Write sentences by using correct prepositions.
2. Use correct prepositional phrases in sentences.
5.7 Clauses and connectors :
5.7.1 Clauses
5.7.2 Connectors
Supportive skills :
1. Use different connectors in sentences
2. Use different clauses in sentences and paragraphs.
TOPIC 5.0 : CONVERSATIONAL PRACTICE :
samples of situations for conversational practice :
5.1 Meeting and parting
5.2 Introducing and influencing
5.3 Requests
5.4 Agreeing and disagreeing
5.5 Inquiries and information
5.6 Linking and disliking
OBJECTIVE
1.0 EXPRESS IDEAS EFFECTIVELY IN ENGLISH IN ORAL FORM.
List of Activities/Major skills to be developed by :
1. Ask pertinent questions as well as to answer them.
2. Explain salient features of products/processes.
3. Speak on a topic fluently and confidently for 5 minutes or more.
4. Give instructions orally.
5. Participate in debates and conversations.
6. Use social skills as mentioned in the curriculum
7. Reproduce in oral form the facts or ideas presented by the speaker.
8. Use appropriate “Body Language” (gestures, eye, movements, facial expressions, pos
tures)
9. Follow oral instructions and interpret them to others.
10. Speak extemporaneously in panel or group discussion
11. Use correct pronuonciations and intonations.
12. Face oral examinations and interviews.
Supportive skills
1. Pronounce the words correctly.
2. Use correct accent/stress for the words.
3. Speak the sentences with correct intentions.
6. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
Student centred methods and techniques of teaching and learning e.g. group discussion, role
play, individual and group assignments (Classroom, Library, Home) should be used so as to make
the students actively participate in the teaching learning process. Emphasis should be laid on provid-
ing guided practice and feedback on student performance.
The students should be encouraged to use dictionaries and other reference books. Exer-
cises in writing, reading, speaking and listening should be designed to give the students sufficient
practice in the communication skills. Use of tape recorders and video cassettes can be made for
practice in developing “Listening Skills” and “ Speaking Skills”.
TREATMENT :
The content of the course comprises
1. Passages for Comprehension
2. Stories
3. Grammar
4. Summary and Comprehension of unseen passages, and
5. Conversation practice.
Introductory period will make the students understand what the course is about, importance
of English as a tool of written and spoken communication and how best it can be learnt.
Grammar need not be taught in isolation. However, attempt shall be made to integrate
grammar teaching with that of passages and stories.
z The passages for comprehension, stories and unseen passages for summary and com-
prehension should be treated in the following line :
z The teacher will read the unit loudly so as to enable the students to improve their
pronounciations and effective reading.
z Then they may be asked to read loudly a paragraph or two individually.
z They should be asked to note the unknown and difficult words they come across and to
find the meanings thereof by referring to the dictionary.
z The teacher may give meanings of certain words, they come across and idiomatic
expression in simple English.
z The teacher should then explain the passage or story in simple English. The students may
be asked to summarise the unit in the words of their own and/or answer the questions.
z The situations in the stories can be dramatized to enable them to develop speaking
ability.
z Exercises shall be given as home assignments and tutorials.
z Three unit tests will take place to evaluate the students continuously.
z During the tutorials the use of library, dictionary, reference books will be encouraged.
7. REFERENCES :
1. Textbook for study :
“Communication skills for Technical students” Compiled by :
CDC, TTTI, Bhopal.
Published by : Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd. 4th Revised
Edition, July, 1995.
2. Advanced Learner’s Dictionary of current English edited by A.S. Hornby :
Published by ELBS
3. B.B.C. English Stage 1
4. Communicative grammar of English by Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartivik- Publication
ELBS.
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
[Link]. TOPICS PERCENTAGE
WEIGHTAGE
1. Passage for comprehension 35
2. Short stories 10
3. Grammar 25
4. Summary and Comprehension of unseen passages 15
5. Conversation Practice 15
Total 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Shri S.N. Adesara,
2. Shri I.S. Halpati,
3. Shri D.M. Patel,
4. Shri K.M. Upadhyay,
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. A. M. Patel
2. Shri K. D. Joshi
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. [Link].
COURSE CODE:- S-102
COURSE NAME:- MATHEMATICS-I

1. RATIONALE :
The entrance qualifications for a Diploma technician is 10th pass. They have gained sufficient
knowledge of the course Mathematics in the standard 10th to qualify for further studies in
diploma programmes. A technician engineer needs to study relevent theories and principles
of Mathematics to enable them to understand & grasp the concepts of the advance courses
of diploma programme and their various engg. applications.
With this view, the necessary content for the course Mathematics is designed and developed
in consultations with the senior technical teachers to make students capable to understand
the technology related courses at higher levels. It is presumed that this course-content will
provide a suitable foundation for all the engineering applications which technician is supposed
to come across in his field and will be able to use it in understanding them during his diploma
study.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. COURSE COURSE NAME L P Exam scheme (Marks)

NO. CODE Th. Pr. T.W. Total.

1. S-102 Mathematics - I 4 -- 100 -- -- 100

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
SN. Topics Theory Hours

Part-IAlgebra
1. Indices & Surds 5
2. Logarithm 3
3. Arithmetic & Geometrical Progression 5
4. Binomial Theorem 5
5. Matrices 7
6. Vector Algebra 7
TOTAL 32
Part-II Trigonometry
1. Measurement of angles 1
2. Trigonometric Ratios 3
3. Standard & Allied angles 3
4. Periodic Functions & Graphs 4
5. Compound angles 3
6. Multiple & Sub-multiple angles 4
7. Inverse Trigonometric Functions 2
8. Properties & Solutions of triangle 3
9. Height & Distances 1
TOTAL 24
Grand Total 56 hrs.
4. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS
Part-I Algebra
Topic 1. Indices & Surds 5 hrs.
1.1 Indices
1.1.1 Concept and rules
1.1.2 Examples on indices
1.2 Surds
1.2.1 Definition & concept
1.2.2 Simple examples on surds
1.2.3 Square root of surds
1.2.4 Examples on square root of surds
Topic 2. Logarithm 3 hrs.

2.1 Definition & concept

2.2 Logarithm rules
2.3 Examples based on rules and calculations
Topic 3. Arithmetic & Geometrical Progression (A.P & G.P) 5 hrs.
3.1 Sequence, series and progression.
3.1.1 Difference between the terms.
3.1.2 Problem based on the terms .
3.2 Arithmetic progression
3.2.1 Definition
3.2.2 Formula for nth term of an A.P
3.2.3 Sum of n terms of an A.P.
3.2.4 Definition of Arithmetic mean.
3.2.5 Examples.
3.3 Geometrical progression.
3.3.1 Definition
3.3.2 Computation of nth term of a G.P.
3.3.3 Sum of n terms of G.P.
3.3.4 Definition of geometrical mean.
3.3.5 Examples.
Topic 4. Binomial Theorem 5 hrs.
4.1Meaning of the terms n! (Factorial n), nCr.
4.1.1 Examples.
4.2 Expansion of (x+a)n for positive integral values of n.
4.2.1 Formula for (r+1)st term of (x+a) n.
4.2.2 Examples of finding any term of middle term/terms of (x+a)n.
4.2.3 Finding constant term & coefficient of xr.
4.2.4 Examples of (1+x)n, n <-- Q
4.3Approximate value by Binomial theorem.
4.3.1 Rules
4.3.2 Examples.
Topic 5. Matrices 7 hrs.
5.1 A brief idea of determinant of order three.
5.1.1 Definition.
5.1.2 Examples of expansion.
5.2 Matrix of order m x n.
5.2.1 Definition.
5.2.2 Examples.
5.3 Types of matrix.
(1) Null matrix.
(2) Square matrix.
(3) Unit matrix.
(4) Diagonal matrix.
(5) Skew symmetric matrix.
5.3.1 Examples based on types of matrix.
5.4 Addition and subtraction of matrices.
5.4.1 Rules and explanation
5.4.2 Problems based on subtraction and addition.
5.5 Product of a matrix with scalar.
5.5.1 Definition and examples.
5.6 Product of two matrices.
5.6.1 Definition and examples.
4.7 Transpose of a matrix.
4.8 Adjoint of a matrix,
4.8.1 Definition & Examples.
4.9 Inverse of a matrix for order 3.
4.9.1 Definition & Examples.
5.0 Examples to solve linear simultaneous
equations of three variables.
Topic 6. Vector Algebra 7 hrs.
6.1 Vector and scalar quantities
6.1.1 Definition of the terms
6.1.2 Examples, non-examples
6.2 Types of vectors
(i) Position Vector
(ii) Equal Vector
(iii) Negative Vector
(Iv) Coplanar Vector
(v) Unit Vector
(vi) Co-initial Vectors
6.2.1 Definition of types of vectors
6.2.2 Examples of types of Vectors
6.3 Geometrical representation of vectors
6.4 Addition and subtraction of vectors
6.4.1 Principle and its explanation
6.4.2 Problems based on addition and subtraction.
6.5 Unit Vectors i, j and k
6.5.1 Use of unit vectors
6.5.2 Position vectors of a vector in terms of i, j and k
6.6 Magnitude and direction of vectors
6.6.1 Definition of magnitude and direction
6.6.2 Examples based on magnitude and direction of vectors in terms of
i, j and k
6.7 Product of a vector and a scalar
6.7.1 Definition of product of a vector and a scalar.
6.7.2 Examples.
6.8 Dot and cross product of two vectors
6.8.1 Definition.
6.8.2 Examples.
6.9 Applications
6.9.1 Definition of work done by force and moment of force.
6.9.2 Examples.
NB: This topic must be taught after completing all topics of Algebra &
Trigonometry.
Part 2 TRIGONOMETRY :igonometry
Topic 1. Measurement of angles 1 hr.
1.1 Degree and radians
1.2 Area of sector and arc-length
Topic 2. Trigonometric ratios 3 hrs.
2.1 Definition and identities
2.2 Examples on T-ratios
Topic 3. Standard & allied angles. 3 hrs.
3.1 Values of T-ratios for 300, 450, 600 & 900
3.2 Concept of allied angles
3.3 Examples
Topic 4. Periodic functions & Graphs 4 hrs.
4.1 Definition & concept of periodic function
4.1.1 Examples on periodic functions
4.2 Graphs of Sine & Cosine
Topic 5. Compound angles 3 hrs.
5.1 Concept of addition & subtration formula
5.2 Sum & difference formula
5.3 Examples
Topic 6. Multiple & Sub-multiple angles 4 hrs.
6.1 Formulae for 2A & 3A and their multiples
6.2 Product formulae
6.3 A/2 formulae
6.4 Examples
Topic 7. Inverse T-functions 2 hr.
7.1 Definition and concept
7.2 Simple examples.
Topic 8. Properties and solutions of triangle 3 hrs.
8.1 Sine and cosine rules
8.2 Projection formulae
8.3 Napiar's formula (Tangent rule)
8.4 = 1/2 [Link] c
a+b+c
= s(s-a)(s-b)(s-c) , s=
2
8.5 Solution of triangle using above given formula.
Topic 9. Height & Distances 1 hr.
9.1 Simple examples
Grand Total 56 hrs.

5
5. REFERENCES :
(1) Engg. Mathematics P.N. Wartikar
(2) Engg. Mathematics B.S. Greval.
(3) Engg. Mathematics I. B. Prasad
(4) Polytechnic Mathematics (Vol. I & II) TTTI Bhopal
(5) College Algebra Shah and Desai
(6) Mathematics for Polytechnic [Link]
(7) Co-Ordinate Geometry Bansilal
(8) Technical Ganitshashtra(Part I,II in Gujarati) [Link]
6. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
[Link]. Name of Topics % weightage

Part-IAlgebra
1. Indices & Surds 10
2. Logarithm 06
3. Arithmetic & Geometrical Progression 10
4. Binomial Theorem 10
5. Matrices 12
6. Vector Algebra 12
Total Marks 60
Part-II Trigonometry
1. Measurement of angles 2
2. Trigonometric Ratios 4
3. Standard & Allied angles 5
4. Periodic Functions & Graphs 7
5. Compound angles 4
6. Multiple & Sub-multiple angles 5
7. Inverse Trigonometric Functions 2
8. Properties & Solutions of triangles 8
9. Height & Distances 3
Total Marks 40
Grand Total 100 Marks

7. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY : (B) CDC FACULTY : (C) EXPERT/EDITOR :
(1) Kum. Ashaben Sharma 1. Prof. A. M. Patel 1. Prof. [Link]
(2) Shri. R.M. Bhavsar 2. " R. M. Thakkar
(3) Shri H. [Link] 3. " H. B. Darji
COURSE CODE : S-103
COURSE NAME : APPLIED SCIENCE-I (PHYSICS)

1 . RATIONALE :

Science is the foundation for all technician courses. The

basic aim of teaching science is to develop in the student the
habit of scientific enquiry, ability to establish the cause and
effect relationship and logical development of different dis-
ciplines.

Thus a good foundation in basic sciences will help the students in their self-development,
to cope up with the continuous flow of innovation and discoveries in technology.

2 . SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-103 Applied Science-I 2 – 50 – – 50
(PHYSICS)

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

Sr. Name of Topics Theory

No. Hours

1 . Units & Measurement 3

2 . Surface Tension 3
3 . Sound Waves 7
4 . Optics 4
5 . Radio activity & Nuclear Physics 6
6 . Modern Physics 5
Total 28
4. OBJECTIVES
1 . Understand the System of Units.
( i ) Define base units
( i i ) Express derived units in terms of base units.
2 . Understand the concept of Wave Motion.
( i ) Demonstrate sound travells in a medium
( i i ) Define and distinguish between transverse and longitudinal waves.
(iii)Solve problems based on velocity, frequency, wave length,
relation.
( i v ) Explain simple harmonic motion.
( v ) Understand use of ultrasonic waves in Industries.
( v i ) Use materials to imporve acoustics of buildings.
3 . Understand the phenomenon of light.
( i ) Demonstrate different characteristics of light.
( i i ) Use lenses to construct optical instruments.
4 . Understand phenomenon of Radio Activity
( i ) Define radio activity
( i i ) Describe properties of Alpha, Beta and Gamma rays.
( i i i ) Appreciate that in radio active emission energy is produced.
( i v ) Gives examples of nuclear fission and nulcear fusion process.
5 . Develop awareness about modern topics like X-rays, LASERS, Fluorescence
& Phosphorescence.
5 . TOPICS & SUB - TOPICS :
TOPIC - 1 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT 03 HRS
1 . 1 Physical Quanities.
1 . 2 Measurement in various systesms.
1.2.1 C.G.S.
1.2.2 M.K.S.
1.2.3 S.I.
1 . 3 Basic physical quantities in S.I.
1.3.1 Length
1.3.2 Mass
1.3.3 Time
1.3.4 Current
1.3.5 Temperature
1.3.6 Luminous Intensity
1.4 Definitions, Units and Symbols of Basic Physical quantities.
1.5 Derived quantities - Definition and Units.
1.6 Multiples and Sub-multiples of Standard Units.
1.7 Measuring Instruments.
1.7.1 Vernier Callipers.
1.7.2 Micrometer Screw Gauge.
1.7.3 Physical Balance
1.7.4 Determination of Least Count of three instruments.
TOPIC - 2 : SURFACE TENSION 03 HRS
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Cohesive and Adhesive force
2.3 Surface tension
2.3.1 Illustrations of surface tension
2.3.2 Definition, Unit.
2.3.3 Explanation of surface tension by molecular phenomenon.
2.3.4 Effect of temperature on surface tension.
2.4 Angle of contact
2.4.1 Definition and illustractions.
2.5 Capillary action.
2.6 Derivation of expression for surface tension
rhg
T=
2 cosθ

2.6.1 Determination of surface tension of a liquid using

capillary action.
2.7 Relation between surface tension and surface energy of a
liquid.
2.7.1 Definition of surface tension in terms of surface
energy.
2.8 Problems based on surface tension.
TOPIC - 3 : SOUND WAVES 07 HRS
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Waves
3.2.1 Type of waves
- Transverse
- Longitudinal
3.2.2 Distinction between these waves
3.3 Definitions - Periodic time, Frequency, Wave Length, Speed of
Sound, SHM.
3.4 Requirement of medium for propagation of sound waves.
3.5 Relation between Velocity, Wave Length & Frequency V = nl
3.5.1 Prolems based on V = nl
3.6 Acoustics of building
3.6.1 Importance of Reverberration.
3.6.2 Reverberration time.
3.6.3 Optimum time of Reverberration.
3.6.4 Coefficient of absorption of Sound.
3.6.5 Sabine’s formula for Reverbarration time
3.6.6 Factors affecting Reverberration time and acoustics of
building.
3.7 Ultra sonic waves
3.7.1 Definition
3.7.2 Production of ultrasonic waves
[Link] Magnetostriction method
[Link] Piezo-electric effect method.
3.7.3 Application of ultrasonic waves.
TOPIC - 4 : OPTICS 04 HRS
4.1 Properties of light.
4.1.1 Electromagatic waves.
4.1.2 Rectilinear motion
8
4.1.3 Velocity of light (in vaccum 3 x 10 m/s)
4.1.4 Reflection.
4.1.5 Refraction
4.1.6 Interference
4.1.7 Polarisation
4.2 Lenses
4.2.1 Types fo Lenses
4.2.2 Definitions
[Link] Focal Point
[Link] Optical Centre
[Link] Focal Length (F)
[Link] Object Distance (Do) [Link] Image Distance (Di)
1 1 1
[Link] Lens formula = +
F Do Di
4.3 Magnification and Magnifying power.
4.4 Uses of Lenses.
4.5 Optical Instruments.
4.5.1 Simple Microscope.
[Link] Magnifying Power.
TOPIC - 5 : RADIOACTIVITY AND NUCLCEAR PHYSICS 06 HRS
5.1 Radioactivity.
5.1.1 Definition.
5.1.2 Kinds of radioactivity. ( Natural & Artificial )
5.1.3 Units of radioactivity.
5.1.4 Laws of radioactivity.
5.1.5 Half Life, Average Life & Decay Constant.
5.2 Radioactive Rays.
5.2.1 Properties and uses of alpha particles
5.2.2 Properties and uses of beta particles.
5.2.3 Properties and uses of gama rays.
5.3 Nuclear Physics.
5.3.1 Structure of nucleus.
5.3.2 Mass defect.
5.3.3 Binding Energy.
5.4 Nuclear fission.
5.4.1 Phenomenon of fission.
5.4.2 Elements undergoing fission.
5.4.3 Chain reactions and multiple chain reactions.
5.4.4 Application of nuclear fission.
5.5 Nuclear fusion.
5.5.1 Phenomenon of fusion.
5.5.2 Elements undergoing fusion.
5.5.3 Application of nuclear fusion.
5.6 Nuclear reactor
5.6.1 Uses of nuclear reactor.
5.6.2 Waste disposal of nuclear reactor.
TOPIC - 6 : MODERN PHYSICS 05 HRS
6 . 1 X – Rays.
6.1.1 Production.
6.1.2 Properties.
6.1.3 Applications.
6 . 2 LASER
6.2.1 Meaning of LASER.
6.2.2 Production.
6.2.3 Properties.
6.2.4 Applications.
6 . 3 Fluorescence.
6.3.1 Phenomenon.
6.3.2 Materials.
6 . 4 Phosphorescence
6.4.1 Phenomenon
6.4.2 Materials
6. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. Objective Instructional Strategy
No. Number

1. 1 (ii) Practice conversion of Derived Units in terms

of Base Units
2. 2 (i) Demonstrate sound does not travel in vacuum.
2(ii)2(iii) Transparency to
( a ) Show types of waves phase and phase
difference
2 (ii) ( b ) Simple harmonic motion
2 (iv) Show materials used to improve Acoustics of
halls,auditoriums
2 (v) Film to show ultrasonic waves and its
applications.
3. 3 (i) Demonstrate,
(i) rectilinear motion of light reflection
(ii) refraction
(iii) interference
(iv) polarization of light by ripple
tank or smoke box.
3 (ii) Construct a simple microscope using lens.
4. 4 (i) (i) Transparency showing radioactive decay
curves, halflife and formation of new
element.
4 (ii) (ii)Show chart related to alpha, beta and
gamma ray properly, video or 16mm film
on nuclear energy (TTTI)
4 (iv) Video 16mm film on chain reaction fission
and fusion.
5. 5 Transparencies showing LASER Action
stimulation emission popluation inversion
etc. Video film on LASER.
7. REFERENCES :
1. Principles of Physiscs — T.T.T.I. Bhopal
2. Modern Physics — H.G. White
3. Intermediate Physics — D.S. Jog

8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

Sr. Name of Topic Percentage

No. weightage

1. Units & Measurement 5

2. Surface Tension 5
3. Sound Waves 10
4. Optics 10
5. Radio activity & Nuclear Physics 10
6. Modern Physics 10

Total 50

9 . RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1 . Prof. L.C. Pandya
2 . Shri A.A. Trivedi,
2 . Shri K.J Patel,
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1 . Prof. A. M. Patel
2 . Shri [Link]
3 . Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1 . Dr. M.K. Shrivastava
2. Dr. Anju Rawlley
COURSE CODE:- S-104
COURSE NAME:- ENGINEERING MEASUREMENTS-I

1. RATIONALE :
Work in an industry is characterized by certain specific features which in turn makes
certain demands on the technician. First of all, he must be able to accurately measure
physical quantities using appropriate measuring equipment. He must perform all
experiments and related operations accurately in strict accordance with the relevant
manual, standards or text books. Particular care must be taken to use these apparatus/
instruments carefully.
This course on Engineering Measurement intends to develop elementary measurement
skills in the students. It is an interdisciplinary course emphasizing the development
of personal attributes like spirit of enquiry, problem solving etc. Some elementary skills
in error analysis, safety precautions and interpretation of results are to be developed
through this course.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. COURSE COURSE NAME L P Exam scheme

NO. CODE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-104 Engineering -- 2 -- -- 50 50
Measurements - I

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

Sr. No. Particulars Hours

1. Planning & Introduction 04

2. Preforming Experiments 20
3. Assessment/Submission 04
Total 28

4. OBJECTIVES :
The students should be able to :
* Use appropriate units for each physical quantities.
* Read the physical quantities for basic measuring instruments .
* Record Observed data in the designed observation table accurately.
* Compute/Report the results based on the measurements taken accurately
wherever necessary.
5. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
1. Linear measurement by using vernier callipers
2. Precision measurement by Micrometer screw gauge.
3. Measurement of specific gravity of given solid and lubricating oil.
4. Varification of Ohm's law.
5. Measurement of resistance by using Wheastone bridge.
6. Determination of resultant resistance of series and parallel combination.
7. Determination of acceleration due to gravity (g) using simple pendulum.
8. Determination of surface tension of a given liquid.
9. Determination of hardness of given sample of water.
10. Determination of Young's modulus.
11. Determination of acid value and saponification value of lubricating oil.
12. Determination of Centre of gravity for given lamina.
13. Determination of moisture content of given sample of coal.

Note :1. MInimum 10 experiences to be performed during the term in this course
from the above given list looking to the avaiable resourses at the Polytechnic.
2. The experiences should be changed every year as far as possible.
3. Assessment should be continuous and progressive.
4. Student should be provided an opportunity to take measurement independently.
5. Lectures should be arranged before starting actual laboratory work.
6. Practical examination : 50 % marks of term work.

6. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri A.A. Trivedi 2. Shri K.J. Patal
3. Shri R.B. Prajapati 4. Dr. A.S. Patel
5. Shri S.N. Soni 6. Shri [Link]
7. Shri [Link] 8. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. R. Mishra
2. Shri R. M. Thakkar
COURSE CODE : S-105
COURSE NAME : ENGINEERING DRAWING

1. RATIONALE :
Engineering Drawing is an effective language of engineers. It is the foundation block which
strengthens the engineering & technological structure. Moreover, it is the transmitting link
between ideas and realisation.
It is an attempt to develop fundamental understanding and application of Engg. Drawing. It
covers knowledge & application of drawing instruments & also familiarise the learner about
Bureau of Indian standards. The curriculum aims at developing the ability to draw and read
varous drawings, curves & projections.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-105 Engineering 2 4 100 – 50 150
Drawing

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
Sr. Topic Th Pr Total
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs
1. Uses of Drawing Aids – 6 6
2. Planning & Layout of Drawing – 2 2
3. Lines, Lettering & dimensioning – 6 6
4. Engineering Curves 6 8 14
5. Projection of points, Lines & Planes 8 10 18
6. Orthographic Projections 6 10 16
7. Isometric Projections 5 8 13
8. Fasteners – 2 2
9. Graphs & Charts 2 4 6
10. Modern methods of storing, reproduction of 1 – 1
drawings
Grand Total 28 56 84
4. OBJECTIVES :–
1. Use drawing equipment, instruments & Materials. (Topic 1)
2. Follow and apply standard practice as per bureau of I.S for planning & layout.
(Topic 2)
3. Develop the ability to use Lines, lettering & dimensioning. (Topic 3)
4. Develop the ability to draw Engg. curves with proficiency and speed. (Topic 4)
5. Develop concepts of orthographic projections. (Topic 5)
6. Draw the projection of points, lines and planes. (Topic 5)
7. Draw the orthographic views of objects. (Topic 6)
8. Develop the concept & ability to draw the isometric views. (Topic 7)
9. Sketch various fasteners. (Topic 8)
10. Prepare graphs & charts as per need. (Topic 9)
11. Develop the awareness of reproduction and modern storing methods of drawings.
(Topic 10)
5. TOPICS & SUB TOPICS :–
TOPIC 1. USES OF DRAWING AIDS :
– Drawing equipment instruments and materials
– Construction of Polygons.
TOPIC 2. PLANNING & LAYOUT OF DRAWING :
– I.S. codes for planning & layout
TOPIC 3. LINES, LETTERING & DIMENSIONING :
– Different types of lines
– Vertical capital & lower case letters
– Inclined capital & lower case letters
– Numerals & Greek alphabets.
– Dimensioning methods–aligned method & unilateral with chain, parallel, progressive
& combined dimensioning.
TOPIC 4. ENGINEERING CURVES :
– Various types of curves like Ellipse, parabola, hyperbola, cycloid, epicycloid,
hypocycloid, Involute & spiral.
TOPIC 5. PROJECTIONS OF POINTS, LINES & PLANES :
– Reference planes, orthographic projections
– 1st Angle and 3rd Angle
– Projections of points
– Projections of Lines–determination of true lengths & inclinations.
– Projections of plane–determination of true shape.
TOPIC 6. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS :
– Front view
– Top view
– Side view
– Bottom view & rear view
TOPIC 7. ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS :
– Difference between isometric projections & isometric drawing.
– Isometric views & isometric projections.
TOPIC 8. FASTENERS :
– Detachable & permanent fasteners–difference
– Sketches of elements of screw threads
– Sketches of thread forms–B.S, B.A,
– Square with worth, Acme with Knuckle
– Buttress–Seller Unified.
– Internal & external threads
– Left hand & right hand threads
– Single & multi start threads
– Lead & pitch
– Sketches of studs, cap screws machine screws, set screws, Locking devices, bolts,
hexagonal & square nuts & nut bolt & washer assembly.
– Sketches of plain spring lock, toothed lock, washers, cap nut, check nut, slotted
nut, cassette\ nut, sawn nut, wing nut, eye blot, tee bolt & foundation bolt.
– Sketches of various types of rivet heads (snap–pan–conical–countersunk)
– Sketches of keys (sunk, flat, saddle, gib head, woodruff)
– Sketches of hole & shaft Assembly.
TOPIC 9. GRAPHS & CHARTS :
– Advantages–types (Bar, Pie, Percentage bar, Logarithmic)
– Preparation & interpretation of the graphs and charts.
TOPIC 10. MODERN METHODS OF STORING & REPRODUCTION OF
DRAWING :
– Advantages
– Methods– Micro films & computer Aided
6. LABORATORY PRACTICE :
Sheet 1 :– Use of drawing Instruments. Tee square & set square.
Problem – 1 Drawing horizontal, vertical, 30 degree, 45 degree, 60 & 75 degree
lines using Tee and set square.
Problem – 2 Types of Lines
Problem – 3 Types of dimensioning
Problem – 4 Alphabets & Numerical ( Vertical & inclined as per I.S.)
Problem – 5 Drawing Polygon
Sheet 2 :– Types of Curves
Problem – 1 Construction of Ellipse using any two methods
Problem – 2 Construction of parabola
Problem – 3 Construction of Hyperbola
Problem – 4 Construction of spiral
Problem – 5 Construction of Hypocycloid & Epicycloid
Problem – 6 Construction of involute
Sheet 3 :– Projection of points & lines
Problem – 1 Projection of points
Problem – 2 to 6 Projection of Lines with different conditions
Sheet 4 :– Projections of Plane
Problem – 1 to 4 Projection of different planes with different situations.
Sheet 5 :– Orthographic projections
Problem – 1 to 3 Orthographic projection of different blocks
Sheet 6 :– Problem 1 to 2 on Multi views
Sheet 7 :– Isometric Projections
Problem – 1 to 3 Isometric drawing
Note :–
(1) Theory & Practical should be in First Angle Projections and IS Code should be
followed wherever applicable.
(2) The sketchbook containing all problems and solutions of sheets and sketches
of fasteners, graph, charts is to be submitted with sheets.
(3) A hand out containing applicable standards from IS Code should be given to
each students by concerned teacher.
7. REFERENCES :–
1. Elements of Engg. Drawing – N.D. Bhatt
2. Engineering Drawing – [Link]
3. Fundamentals of Engg. Drawing – [Link]
4. Fundamentals of Drawing – [Link]
5. Engg. Drawing – Parkinson & Zozzora
6. Machine Drawing – V. Laxminarayan & [Link]
7. Fundamentals of Engg. Drawing – French & Vierck
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
Sr. Topic Percentage
No. weightage
1. Uses of Drawing Aids 05
2. Planning & Layout of Drawing 05
3. Lines, Lettering & dimensioning 05
4. Engineering Curves 10
5. Projection of points, Lines & Planes 15
6. Orthographic Projections 20
7. Isometric Projections 15
8. Fasteners 10
9. Graphs & Charts 10
10. Modern methods of storing, reproduction of drawings 05

TOTAL 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link],
2. Shri [Link],
3. Shri [Link],
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2.. Prof. S. R. Mishra
COURSE CODE:- S-106
COURSE NAME:- ENGINEERING MECHANICS

1. RATIONALE
Engineering Mechanics is a branch of Applied Science where laws of physics are applied to
solve engineering problems. Broadly speaking Engineering Mechanics can be classified in two cat-
egories-Static and Dynamics.
In this course, an attempt has been made to apply different laws of science to solve Static
and Kinematic problems. An attempt is also made to strengthen the knowledge of students, so as to
make the path for applied technologyl subjects smoother and logical.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-106 ENGINEERING. 3 2 100 — 25 125
MECHANICS
3. TEACHING SCHEME
Sr. Topic TH PR Total
No. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs.
1. Introduction 01 — 01
2. Coplanar concurrent forces 08 06 14
3. Coplanar parallel and non concurrent forces 06 06 12
4. Centroid & centre of gravity 04 02 06
5. Friction 04 04 08
6. Rectilinear motion 04 02 06
7. Motion of projectile 02 — 02
8. Curvilinear motion - centripetal force 05 — 05
9. Engineering applications of work, power 04 — 04
and energy
10. Simple Machines 04 08 12

Total Hrs. 42 28 70
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Explain the term: vector and scalar, giving examples of each.
2. Explain different system of Units.
3. Explain various system of forces and transmissibility and superposition of forces.
4. Develop the concept of Resultant and equilibrant using parallelogram of forces
5. Develop the concept of composition and Resolution of force.
6. Explain graphical methods, Lami’s theorem.
7. Develop the concept of Moment and Couple
8. Explain statically determinate beams and reactions.
9. Distinguish between Centroid and Centre of Gravity.
10. Develop the concept of moment of area.
11. Develop the concept & phenomenon of friction & various terms related to it.
12. Develop the concept of rectilinear motion & V-T diagram.
13. Explain the principles related to motion of projectile & engineering problems related
to trajectory of projectile.
14. Explain the concepts & principles related to Curvilinear motion.
15. Explain importance of centripetal & centrifugal force,superelevation, wheel reactions,
skidding, overturning of vehicle moving on a level path.
16. Explain the concept of Work, Power & Energy.
17. Explain the method of computing work, power of typical engines, K.E. and P.E.
18. Explain & develop the concept of working of various simple machines & different
terms related to it.
19. Explain law of machines & develop the concept of reversibility of machines,
reversible & non-reversible machines.
5. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
TOPIC 1 : INTRODUCTION 1 Hrs.
1.1 Scalar and Vector quantities.
1.2 Scope of Engg. Mechanics.
- Static
- Dynamics (a) Kinetics (b) Kinematics
1.3 Different systems of units-Conversions-, Abbreviations.
TOPIC 2 : COPLANAR CONCURRENT FORCES : 8 HRS.
2.1 Forces, Units of Force, elements, Principles of superposition, Principle of transmissibility.
2.2 Composition and resolution of forces, Resultant conditions of equilibrium, Analytical
and graphical method, Law of parallelogram of forces, law of triangle of forces, law
of polygon of forces, Lami’s theorem-problems.
TOPIC 3 : COPLANAR – PARALLEL AND NON–CONCURRENT FORCES 6
HRS.
3.1 Moment, Couple. Principle of moment, application. Properties of Couples, numerical
problems.
3.2 Conditions of Equilibrium.
3.3 Reactions in Beams.
- Statically Determinate beams
- Types of supports
- Types of Loading
- Problems.
TOPIC 4 : CENTROID AND CENTRE OF GRAVITY 4 HRS.
4.1 Centroid
- Centroid of Standard shape
- Indian standard sections - I,C,II,L,O,Triangular Section.
- Axis of symmetry
- Theorem of Moment
- Problems.
4.2 Centre of Gravity.
- Centre of Gravity of standard solids.
- Axis of symmerty
- Theorem of Moment
- Problems.
TOPIC 5 : FRICTION 4 HRS.
5.1 Friction, Laws of friction, Coefficient of friction, Angle of friction, Angle of Repose
- Types of friction
- Coefficient of friction and its effect.
5.2 Application of Lami’s theorem and theory of resolution of forces.
- Laws of friction to Screw jacks.
TOPIC 6 : RECTILINEAR MOTION : 4 HRS.
6.1 Kinetics, Kinematics.
- Velocity, Average Velocity, Uniform Velocity, Speed, Displacement,
Acceleration, Retardation.
2 2 2
- v = u + at, v = u + 2as, s = ut + 1/2 at
6.2 Draw V-T diagram.
- Problems, motion under gravity.
TOPIC 7 : MOTION OF PROJECTILES : 2 HRS.
7.1 Trajectory range, maximum range, angle of projection, time of flight, Maximum
height different equations of projectile.
7.2 Engineering problems.
TOPIC 8 : CURVILINEAR MOTION- CENTRIPETAL FORCE : 5
HRS.
8.1 Angular displacement, Angular velocity, angular acceleration and retardation, tan
gential velocity, equations.
8.2 Problems
8.3 Centripetal and Centrifugal forces.
- Skidding, overturning, thrust on rails.
- Engg. problems
- Importance of superelevation
- Expression for superelevation.
- Problems.
TOPIC 9 : WORK-POWER- ENERGY 4 HRS.
9.1 Work
- Workdone, force-displacement diagram Workdone in stretching the compound
spring Torque, workdone by torque.
9.2 Power
- I.H.P., B.H.P. of engine
- Equation of H.P. in terms of torque and R.P.M.
- Engineering Problems on it.
9.3 Energy
- Kinetic and potential energy & Engg. problems on it
TOPIC 10 : SIMPLE MACHINES : 4 HRS.
10.1 Mechanical Advantage, V.R., Efficiency, line sketch of different systems of pulley
blocks, simple and compound levers, simple machines, problems.
10.2 Laws of Machines.
10.3 Reversible, Non-reversible machines.
6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
Sr. Name of Experiments
No.
1. Law of parallelogram of forces.
2. Law of Triangle of forces ( Lamy’s theorem, Unknown weight)
3. Law of polygon of forces.
4. Law of parallel Forces. (Reactions of Beam-couple)
5. Centroid of given laminar
6. Law of machine of given machine. Simple screw jack.
(Analytically, graphically)
7. Verify velocity ratio for different simple machine.
(1) Wheel - Axle (2) Simple purchase crab.
(3) Simple screw jack.
8. Determine M.A., efficiency, Ef, F, for double purchase crab.
9. Draw and study of graph for wheel and different axle.
(a) W - P (b) W - n (c) W - Pf (d) W - F.
10. Draw V - T diagrams for different combinations of (a) Velocities
(b) Uniform accelerations as well as (c) Uniform retardations
11. Demonstration of Non - concurrent Non parallel forces. (Funicular diagram.)
7. REFERENCES :
1. Applied Mechanics - by [Link].
2. — Do — - by Dadhe, Jamdar & Walavalkar.
3. Engineering Mechanics - by [Link].
For Diploma Students
4. Applied Mechanics - by [Link].
5. ———Do————— - by Ramamrutham.
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
Sr. Topic Percentage
No. weightage
1. Introduction 05
2. Coplanar concurrent Forces 15
3. Coplanar parallel and non concurrent forces 15
4. Centroid & centre of gravity 10
5. Friction 10
6. Rectilinear motion 05
7. Motion of projectile 05
8. Curvilinear motion - centripetal force 10
9. Engineering applications of work, power 10
and energy
10. Simple Machines 15
Total 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Prof. A. M. Patel
2. Shri J. K. Kacha
COURSE CODE:- S-107
COURSE NAME:- COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
1 . RATIONALE :-
Computers are now-a-days necessary in human routine life. At each and every
stage, we find its importance. In technical side, engineers are using computers
extensively to solve their design problems, to create and to generate optimum
designs, to prepare the design drawings, and preparations of project reports and
routine correspondence, including site reports, critical decision support tables and
summerising the facts in feedback.
Engineering drawing is an effective language for artisan to chief engineer. Here,
an attempt is made to generate different skills like drawing an object through
AutoCAD, report writting through MS-Word and to generate work sheets, data
manipulation, graphs, for decision support system through MS-Excel.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

Sr. Course Course Name L P Exam scheme (marks)

No. Code
Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-107 Computer - 4 50 50 100
Applications

3. TEACHING SCHEME

Sr. Topics Theory Practical Total

No. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs.
1. Introduction to Computer system and software,
operating environments and Windows — 04 04
2. Introduction to CAD, Drawing & Editing drawing — 30 30
3. Report Writing using MS-WORD — 06 06
4. Worksheet & Graph preparation using MS-EXCEL — 12 12
5. Introduction to Internet — 04 04
Total Hours — 56 56
4. OBJECTIVES :-
- Understand computer applications and its software requirements.
- Know operating system and its use.
- Use operating system commands.
- Appriciate the use of computerized drafting.
- Identify the main menu and other menu options of AUTOCAD, Window, Word
and Excel
- Draw any given Engineering drawing
- Measure length and area of displayed object
- Edit stored drawing
- Edit stored report
- Distinguish different softwares
- Print/Plot the drawing, report, letter.
- Appriciate the concept of Graphics user Interface
- Operate computer system.
- Apply parameter passing tachiniques using dialouge boxes.
- Understand the economy factor.
- Handle multiple reports.
- Relate different data
- Select the software according to use requirement.
- Print the table/report/drawing
- Transfer the document to other computers using floppy
- Identify the menu/toolbar/dialog box/settings
- Identify different hardware of the computers
- Modify drawings/reports as per requirements.

5. LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIENCES TO BE PERFORMED IN

SEQUENCE

Sr. Laboratory Experience Treatment

No.
1. Introduction to the computer system Demonstration and use
and computer software
2. Introduction to the operating system, file “
identification, extension, bytes, directory.
3. Introduction to CAD software, Co-ordinate system, ACAD Demonstration and use
drawing files, save, quit, end
4. Use commands POINT, LINE, [Link], OFFSET, ORTHO “
5. Draw CIRCLE, ELLIPSE “
6. Draw ARC with its various options “
7. PDMODE, DIVIDE, MEASURE Command “
8. Use of commands like BREAK, TRIM, ERASE, OSNAP, "
REDRAW
9. Use of commands like UNITS, UCS, LIMITS, SNAP, GRID, “
ZOOM, PAN
10. Use of commands like PEDIT, DONUT, POLYGON, “
COPY, MIRROR, MOVE
11. Use of commands like ARRAY, CHAMFER, FILLET, “
SOLID, OOPS
12. DIMENSION BY DEFAULT & BY REQUIREMENT “
13. TEXT BY DEFAULT & STYLE REQUIRED “
14. BLOCK, INSERT, MINSERT, HATCH “
15. LAYER ,COLOR ,LINETYPE “
16. LAYER SETTINGS “
17. PRINT DRAWING “
18. One drawing Preparation Assignment
19. Introduction to WORD processor, data entry, save, quit, Demonstration and use
retrive.
20. Basic settings, page layout, sizing, left and right margins,
justification, tabulation “
21. Editing text using deleting character, word, line, etc.
search and replace, cut, copy, paste, move, sort file
read and write file. "
22. Introduction to worksheet, workbook, cell, row, column,
dataentry, open, save, quit, help "
23. Editing data, clean, insert, delete/copy/move cell/row/
column, formula and function for data entry,
24. Worksheet settings, width of column, colour, heading,
hide & display, align data, bold, italics, orientation
Freeze cell/row/column, split, sort, filter "
25. Chart sheet, save, colour types, legend "
26. Prepare a worksheet and preview, page break, margins,
header, footer, gridlines.
Print a worksheet, workbook, workbook reference,
managing directory and hard disc. Demostration and use “
27. Introduction to Internet “
28. Introduction to web page language. “

6. REFERENCES
1. Mastering AUTOCAD George Omura
2. Inside AUTOCAD Raker & Rice
3. MS Office Instant Reference
4. Windows Inside Peter Norton
5. Teach Yourself WINDOWS Al Stevens
6. DOS Instant Reference

7. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Prof. [Link]
2. Prof. [Link]
3. Prof. [Link]
4. Prof. [Link]
( B ) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. [Link]
2. Prof. [Link]
3. Prof. [Link]
4. Prof. [Link]
COURSE CODE : S-126
COURSE NAME : ESSENTIALS OF ENVIRONMENT AND SEISMIC ENGINEERING
1. RATIONALE

Since last two decades, Environmental Education has attracted the interests of educationalists
and practitioners at all levels of education throughout the World. The growing concern about the
natural resources degradation, air & water pollution, deforestation and other environmental
problems has prompted educationalists to introduce a course on Essentials of Environment in
various technical Curricula. As technicians occupy middle level managerial positions in industries,
it is essential that they are provided with right kind of environmental education and training. It is
with this aim that a course on” Essentials of Environment” is being introduced in diploma
programme.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR CODE NAME OF COURSE L P [Link]

NO NO TH PR TW TOTAL

1 S-126 ESSENTIALS OF 3 -- 100 -- -- 100

ENVIRONMENT AND
SEISMIC ENGINEERING

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

TOPIC NO NAME OF TOPIC TH PR TOTAL

1 Introduction 02 -- 02
2 Ecological aspects of environment 05 -- 05
3 Natural resources 07 -- 07
4 Global environmental problems 05 -- 05
5 Environmental pollution 07 -- 07
6 Clean Technologies 05 -- 05
7 Fundamentals of seismic engineering 08 -- 08
8 Natural Disasters 03 -- 03
Total 42 -- 42

4. OBJECTIVES :

In view of developing new attitudes and behavioral patterns to enable students make
decisions which help preventing deterioration of environment & as certain concept of
sustainable development, the following objectives for Essentials of Environment course have
been identified:
1.1 Understand the scope of Environmental education.
1.2 Understand the importance of environmental awareness.
2.1 Understand the natural system.
2.2 Understand a biotic and biotic components of natural system.
2.3 Understand various processes of natural system.
2.4 Appreciate Eco system, food chain & webs and other biological systems.
2.5 Estimate future ecological prospects of man.
3.1 Know the natural resources.
3.2 Assess the impact of human population on environment.
3.3 Understand abiotic and biotic resources.
3.4 Appreciate forest as natural resource.
3.5 Recognize the concept of sustainable development.
3.6 Appreciate the importance of management, consumption & conservation of
natural resources.
4.1 Create awareness for Global Environmental problems.
5.1 Understand causes of environmental pollution.
5.2 Understand water pollution.
5.3 Understand air pollution.
5.4 Understand the Noise as pollutant.
5.5 Know radiation and its pollution effects.
6.1 Understand clean technology.
6.2 Recognize the importance of waste minimization.
6.3 Know importance of bio-fertilizers.
6.4 Understand the Integrated Pest Management (IPM) system.
7.1 Understand the need of seismic engineering.
8.1 Understand the various types of natural disaster.

5. TOPICS & SUB-TOPICS

1. Introduction
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Environment & its components
1.2 Environment in India
1.3 Public awareness
2. Ecological aspects of Environment
2.0 Introduction to Environment
2.1 Ecology
2.1.1 Eco system
2.1.2 Factors affecting Eco system
2.2 Elton pyramid
2.3 Biogeochemical cycles.
2.3.1 Hydrologic cycle
2.3.2 Carbon cycle
2.3.3 Nitrogen cycle
2.3.4 Phosphorus cycle
2.3.5 Sulpher cycle
2.4 Biodiversity
2.4.1 Biodiversity Index
2.5 Future of human being
3. Natural Resources
3.0 Natural Resources
3.1 Types of resources
3.2 Quality of life
3.3 Population and Environment
3.4 Water resources
3.4.1 Sources of water
3.5 Population projection
3.5.1 Arithmetic progression method
3.5.2 Geometric progression method
3.5.3 Incremental Increase method
3.5.4 Logistic curve method
3.5.5 Declining growth method
3.6 Water demand
3.7 Forest as resource
3.7.1 Forest and Environment
3.7.2 Deforestation
3.7.3 Afforestation
3.7.4 Forest conservation, its methods
3.8 Land
3.8.1 Uses and abuses of waste and wet land
3.9 Wild life
3.9.1 Conservation of wild life
3.9.2 Important National parks, Safaries, Reserves.
3.10 Other resources
3.10.1 Oil and mineral resources
3.10.2 Their depletion
3.10.3 Effects
4. Global Environmental Problems
4.0 Introduction
4.1 Major Global problems
4.2 Acid rain
4.2.1 Effect of Acid rain
4.3 Green house effect
4.4 Depletion of Ozon layer
4.4.1 Effect of Ozon layer depletion
4.5 Human predictiments
4.5.1 Introduction of global warming
4.5.2 Measures against global worming
5. Environmental Pollution
5.0 Introduction
5.1 Water pollution
5.2 Characteristics of domestic waste water.
5.3 Principles of treatment
5.4 Water treatment plant
5.6 Air pollution
5.6.1 Pollutants
5.6.2 Sources of pollution
5.6.3 Effect of pollutants
5.6.4 Air monitoring system
5.6.5 Air pollution control
5.7 Noise pollution
5.7.1 Acoustic treatment for noise pollution
5.7.2 Place of noise pollution
5.7.3 Effect of noise pollution
5.8 Radio active pollution
5.8.1 Radiation
5.8.2 Adverse effects of radiation & thermal pollution
6. Clean technologies
6.0 Introduction
6.1 Clean technology
6.2 Types of Energy
6.2.1 Conventional Energy Sources
6.2.2 Non-conventional Sources of Energy
6.3 Recycling pollution control
6.4 Types of Pesticides
6.5 Integrated Pest Management
7 Fundamentals of seismic engineering
7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 Definition
7.1.2 History of earthquake
7.1.3 Earth and its’ structure
7.2 Terminology
7.2.1 Epicenter
7.2.2 Hypocenter
7.2.3 Focus
7.2.4 Epicenter distance
7.3 Waves generated due to earthquake
7.3.1 P waves
7.3.2 S waves
7.4 Causes of earthquake
7.5 Measurement of earthquake
7.5.1 Intensity and magnitude of earthquake
7.5.2 Sysmo-graph
7.5.3 Sysmo-scope
7.5.4 Sysmo-meter
7.5.5 Richter scale
7.6 Zoning of earthquake as per I.S.
7.7 Effects of earthquake on
7.7.1 Soil
7.7.2 Low-rise and high-rise buildings
7.7.3 Human psychology
7.7.4 Communication
7.7.5 Geology
7.8 General instructions for protection of people during earthquake
7.9 General guidelines for construction and maintenance of earthquake proof /resistant
masonry structure
8 Natural disasters
8.1 Types of natural disaster
8.1.1 Cyclone
8.1.2 Flood
8.1.3 Fire
8.1.4 Desert storms
8.1.5 Land slides
8.1.6 Snow avalanches
8.2 Cyclone
8.2.1 Introduction
8.2.2 Fundamentals
8.2.3 Characteristics
8.2.4 Causes & effects
8.2.5 Preventive and Remedial measures
8.3 Flood
8.3.1 Introduction
8.3.2 Fundamentals
8.3.3 Causes and effects
8.3.4 Preventive and Remedial measures
8.4 Fire
8.4.1 Fundamentals
8.4.2 Causes & effects
8.4.3 Preventive and remedial measures
6. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
Sr. No. Objectives Instructional Strategy Key Resources needed

1.1, 1.2 Lecture Encyclopedia of Environmental

Education and Administration
2.1 to 2.5 Use charts, Slides Films Film on Environmental Problems
3.1 to 3.6 Explain with live examples Case studies on environmental
1 protection
4.1 News Paper cuttings Pollution control Board Laboratory
5.1 to 5.5 Live demonstrations/ field -----
laboratory visits
6.1 to 6.4 Use AV Aids ----
7.1 to 8.4 Use IS codes, rules norms Codes on Environmental protection
framed by Govt. of .India. Acts and rules (Central and State)
Note :
The above instructional strategies are only suggestive. The individual teacher is free to design
his own strategy looking to the constraints and resources available.
7. REFERENCES :
1. Environmental Engineering by Pandy & Carney, TMH, New Delhi.
2. Environment Administration Law and Judicial attitudes.
3. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilber M. Masters, Printers
Hall India, New Delhi.
4. Waste Water Engineering - Treatment, Disposal & re-use by Metcalf & Eddy, 2nd
edition, TMH, New Delhi.
5. Environmental Engineering by Peavy, TMH International, New York.
6. Video - films developed by Centre for Environmental Education, Thaltej Tekra
Ahmedabad.52
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
SR. NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO WEIGHTAGE
1 Introduction 05
2 Ecological aspects of environment 10
3 Natural resources 15
4 Global environmental problems 10
5 Environmental pollution 20
6 Clean Technologies 10
7 Fundamentals of seismic engineering 15
8 Natural disasters 15
TOTAL 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. V.A. Patel
2. Prof. P.K. Bhatt
3. Prof. V.R. Pandya
4. Prof. [Link]
5. Shri [Link]
6. Shri [Link]
7. Smt. [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. M.P. Pandya
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI FACULTY, BHOPAL :
1. Prof. K.K. Shrivastava,
2. Prof. J.P. Tegar,
COURSE CODE : S-201
COURSE NAME : MATHEMATICS-II

1. RATIONALE : The entrance qualifications for a Diploma technician is 10th pass. They
have gained sufficient knowledge of the course Mathematics in the standard 10th to qualify
for further studies in diploma programmes. A technician engineer needs to study relevent
theories and principles of Mathematics to enable them to understand & grasp the concepts
of the advance courses of diploma programme and their various engg. applications.
With this view, the necessary content for the course Mathematics is designed and
developed in consultations with the senior technical teachers to make students capable
to understand the technology related courses at higher levels. It is presumed that this
course-content will provide a suitable foundation for all the engineering applications which
technician is supposed to come across in his field and will be able to use it in understanding
them during his diploma study.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. COURSE COURSE NAME L P Exam scheme (Marks)

NO. CODE Th. Pr. T.W. Total.

1. S-201 Mathematics - II 3 -- 50 -- -- 50

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
SN. Topics Theory Hours

Part-ICO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
1. Point 3
2. Straight line 3
3. Circle 3

TOTAL 9
Part-II CALCULUS
1. Functions & Limit 5
2. Differentiation 13
3. Integration 15

TOTAL 33
Grand Total 42 hrs.
4. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS
Part-I CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY:
TOPIC-1 : Point 3 hrs
1.1 Distance formula for R2.
1.2 Circum-centre of a triangle.
1.3 Area of a triangle.
1.4 Division of a line segment.
1.5 Locus of point.
TOPIC-2 : Straight line 3 hrs

2.1 Cartesion equation of a straight line.

2.2 Equation of a straight line in R2: ax+by+c=0.
2.3 Slope of a straight line.
2.4 Intercepts on axis.
2.5 Equation of a straight line passes through two points (x1, y 1) and (x 2, y2)
2.6 Equation of straight line having slope m and passing through the point
(x1, y 1).
2.7 Equation of st. line having intercepts on y-axis and slope m
2.8 Parallel and perpendicular straight line relation between their slope.
2.9 Angle between two straight lines.
TOPIC-3: CIRCLE 3 hrs
3.1 Definition of a circle
3.2 General equation
3.3 Standard equation
3.4 Formation of equation of a circle
3.5 Tangent & Normal.
PART-II CALCULUS
TOPIC-1:Functions & Limit 5 hrs
1.1 Definition of function
1.2 Examples
1.3 Concept & rules of limit
1.4 Evaluation of Standard limit of algebraic &
trignomatric function.
TOPIC-2 : Differentiation: 13 hrs.
2.1 Definition.
2.2 Derivation of constant function.
2.3 Formula: Xn, ax, Sinx, ex, etc.
2.4 Formula for sum, product and quotient of functions.
2.5 Chain rule.
2.6 Derivation of parametric and Implicit functions.
2.7 Second oreder differentiation.
2.8 Application of derivatives.
(i) Velocity
(ii) Acceleration
(iii) Maxima and minima, radius of curvature
TOPIC-3. Integration 15 hrs.
3.1 Introduction of Integration
3.2 Formula for standard function as mentioned in 2-3.
3.3 Simple basic rules of Indefinite Integration.
3.4 Evaluation of simlpe Indefinite Integrals.
3.5 Integration by Substitution.
3.6 Definite Integral
3.6.1 Lower limit
3.6.2 Upper limit
3.6.3 Properties of definite integral
3.7 Solution of simple problems of definite Integral.
3.8 Application of Integration.
(1) Area & volume of circle, parabolla & ellipse only.
Grand Total 42 hrs.

Grand Total 50 Marks

5. REFERENCES :
(1) Engg. Mathematics P.N. Wartikar
(2) Engg. Mathematics B.S. Greval.
(3) Engg. Mathematics I. B. Prasad
(4) Polytechnic Mathematics (Vol. I & II) TTTI Bhopal
(5) College Algebra Shah and Desai
(6) Mathematics for Polytechnic [Link]
(7) Co-Ordinate Geometry Bansilal
(8) Technical Ganitshashtra(Part I,II in Gujarati) [Link]
(9) ---do--- Anant Shashtri
6. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
[Link]. Name of Topics % weightage
Part-I CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
1. Point 5
2. Straight line 5
3. Circle 5

TOTAL (Marks) 15
Part-II CALCULUS
1. Functions & Limit 5
2. Differentiation 15
3. Integration 15

Total (Marks) 35
Grand Total 50 Marks

7. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY : (B) CDC FACULTY : (C) EXPERT/EDITOR
1. Kum. Ashaben Sharma, 1. Prof. A. M. Patel 1. Prof. [Link]
2. Shri. R.M. Bhavsar 2. " R. M. Thakkar
3. Shri H. [Link] 3. " H. B. Darji
COURSE CODE : S-202
COURSE NAME : APPLIED SCIENCE-II (CHEMISTRY)
1. RATIONALE :
Science is the foundation for all technician courses. The basic aim of teaching science
is to develop in the student the habit of scientific enquiry, ability to establish the cause and
effect relationship and logical development of different disciplines.
Chemistry forms the part of applied science. The study of basic concepts Chemistry
like atom, corrosion, lubrication etc. will help the students in understanding engineering sub-
jects where the emphasis is laid on the application of these concepts.
Chemistry is concerned with the changes in structure and properties of matter. Many
of the processes, which are involved to bring out these chages; form the basis for engineering
activities. Teaching of chemistry should be aimed at developing right type of attitudes in the
students and the ability to predict the results under given conditions of chemical activities.
Thus a good foundation in basic sciences will help the students in their self-development,
to cope up with the continuous flow of innovation and discoveries in technology.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-202 Applied Science-II 2 – 50 – – 50
(CHEMISTRY)

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

Sr. Name of Topics Theory

No. Hours

1 . Atomic & Molecular Strucutre 4

2 . Ionisation & Electro Chemistry 5
3 . Corrosion of metals & its prevention 5
4 . Water Treatment 4
5 . Lubrication & Lubricants 3
6 . Chemistry of Engineering Materials 7
Total 28
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Understand the atomic model.
2. Understand the ionisation energy, ionisation affinity and chemical bonds.
3. Understand the molecular structure of solid, liquid and gases.
4. Understand the ionisation process and factors affecting the degree of ionisation.
5. Understand the importance of pH.
6. Appreciate the importance and use of buffer solutions.
7. Understand the types of electrolytes and their industrial uses.
8. Understand the electrolytic conductance of metals & slats.
9. Understand the process of oxidation - reduction and working of electrochemical cell.
10. Understand the terms : Standard conditions, hydrogen, electrode, halfcellpotential,
electro chemical series.
11. Describe the different types of corrosion.
12. Comprehend the different factors affecting the rate of
corrosion.
13. Appreciate the different protective measures to prevent
corrosion.
14. Understand the types and degree of hardness of water.
15. Know the effects of hard water when used in boiler and methods of it’s prevention.
16. Understand the method for removal of hardness of water.
17. Know the water quality and methods of treatment of water for town supply.
18. Understand the terms lubrications and lubricant.
19. Comprehend different tests of lubricants.
20. Understand the functions of additives to improve properties of lubrications.
21. Appreciate the process of selection of lubricant for gears cutting contorl
and steam turbines.
22. Understand the process of polymerisation.
23. Know the properties and uses of natural and synthetic rubber.
24. Know the different types of adhesives, their characteristics and uses.
25. Know the ingrediants of paints and varnish.
26 Know the characterisitcs and types of refractories.
27. Know the properties and uses of insulating materials.
28. Understand the preparation, properties and use of natural
and synthetic rubbers.

5 . TOPICS AND SUBTOPICES :

TOPIC – 1 ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 4 HRS.
1. Arrangement of , p and n in atom.
2. Distribution of electrons in shell and subshell.
3. Concept of atomic orbitals.
4. Aufbau’s principle and electronic configuration of elements.
5. Ionisation energy.
6. Electron affinity.
7. Different types of chemical bonds.
8. Motion of molecules.
9. Intermolecular force of attraction.
1 0 . Molecular arrangement in solid, liquid and gases.
1 1 . Structure of solids.
TOPIC – 2 IONISATION AND ELECTROCHEMISTRY 05 HRS.
1. Introduction
2. Ionisation and degree of ionisation.
3. Factors affecting the degree of ionisation.
4. Ionic equilibrium constant (kw) for water.
5. Definition of pH.
6. Ionisation of acid, base and salts.
7. pH calculations of acid, base and salt solution at different
concentration.
8. pH of acid, base and neutral solution.
9. Importance of pH in various fields.
10 Definition of buffer solution.
11. Types of buffer solution.
12. Application of buffer solutions.
13. Metallic conductors and electrolytes.
14. Types of electrolytes.
15. Industrial applications of electrolytes.
16. Electrolytic conductance.
17. Effect of dilution on electrical conductance.
18. Electrical conductivity of elements, e.g., Li, Be, B, c etc.
19. ‘N’ and ‘P’ type semiconductors.
TOPICS - 3 CORROSION OF METALS AND IT’S PREVENTION 05 HRS.
1. Oxidation - reduction process
2. construction and working of electrochemical cell.
3. Interpretation of corrosion.
4. Definition of corrosion.
5. Standard conditions.
6. Standard hydrogen electrode.
7. Half cell potential.
8. Electrochemical series and its significance.
9. Atmospheric corrosion
10. Pitting corrosion.
11. Water line corrosion.
12. Crevice corrosion.
13. Nature of film.
14. pH of solution.
15. Area of cathode and anode.
16. Temperature.
17. Moisture
18. Purity of the metal.
19. Modification of environment.
20. Modification of the properties of metal.
21. Use of protective coatings.
22. Anodic and cathodic protection.
23. Modification in design and choice of material.
TOPIC - 4 WATER TREATMENT 04 HRS.
1. Hard water and soft water.
2. Types of hardness of water and it’s units.
3. Salts producing hardness of water.
4. Method to express the hardness of water.
5. Scale and sludge formation and it’s prevention.
6. Priming and foaming and it’s prevention.
7. Caustic embrittlement and it’s prevention.
8. Corrosion and it’s prevention.
9. Chemical reactions invoived in permutit and regeneration
of permutit.
10 Chemical reactions involved in ion-exchange process and
regeneration of acidic and basic-resins.
11. Purification of water by screening, sedimentation, co-agulation and filtration.
12. Sterilisation / Disinfection of water by boiling and
chlorination by using chlorine and Bleaching - powder.
TOPIC – 5 LUBRICATION AND LUBRICANTS 03 HRS
1. Introduction and definition of lubricants and lubrication.
2. Functions of lubricants
3. Types of Lubrication
(a) Fluid film lubrication
(b) Boundry lubrication
4. Classification of lubricant
(a) Solid lubricants
(b) Semi-solid lubricants
(c) Liquid lubricants
(d) Synthetic oils
5. Test of lubricants and their significance like
(a) Viscosity and viscosity index
(b) Volatility
(c) Flash point and fire point
(d) Pour point and cloud point
(e) Neutralisation No. and acid value
(f) Saponification number
(g) Emulification number
(h) Corrosion test and copper strip test.
6. Additives to improve the quality of lubricants.
7. Purpose for the use of additives like
(a) Anti oxidants
(b) Corrosion inhibitors
(c) Antiwear agents
(d) Detergents and foam inhibitors
8. Selection of lubricants for
(a) Gears
(b) Cutting tools
(c) Steam turbine.
TOPIC - 6 CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS 07 HRS.
1. Outline of polymer and polymerisation
2. Classification of polymers with suitable examples
3. Thermoplastic and thermosetting
4. Properties and uses of thermoseting like Bakelite, melamine, epoxy and silicones
5. Properties and uses of thermoplastics like PVC, polyethelene.
6. Preparation and uses of elastomers.
(Chemical, Structural aspects, should be avoided)
7. Comparision of properties of natural and synthetic elastomers.
8. Vulcanisation of rubber
9. Application of elastomers in industry.
10. Definition, characteristics, and examples of adhesives.
11. Classification of adhesives and their uses.
12. Purpose of using oil paint.
13. Characterisation of oil paint.
14. Ingredients of oil paint
15. Function and examples of each ingredient like ,
(i) Drying oil
(ii) Pigments
(iii) Thinner
(iv) Driers
(v) Extenders and plasticizers
16. Varnish and its types.
17. Difference between paint and varnishes.
18. Definition & application of refractories.
19. Characteristics of refractories like :-
(i) Refractoriness
(ii) Strength
(iii) Thermal expansion
(iv) Thermal conductivity
(v) Porosity
(iv) Thermal shock resistance
20. Classification of refractories like :-
(i) Acid refractories
(ii) Basic refractories
(iii) Neutral refractories
21. Uses of alumina and magnesia refractories.
22. Propertoes of ideal insulating materials.
23. Types of insulating materials :
(i) Natural insulating materials,
(ii) Insulating foils.
(iii) Insulating wool.
(iv) Manufactured insulating materials.
24. Properties and use of insulating materials like :-
(i) Glass wool.
(ii) Thermocole (foamable polystyrene)
6. REFERENCES :
1. Engineering Chemistry Jain
2. A Text Book of Polytechnic Chemistry V.P. Mehta.
3. A Text Book of Applied Chemistry
(Vol.- I & II) J. Rajaram.
4. Engineering Chemistry M.M. Uppal
5. Polytechnic Chemistry Saxena.
7. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

S r . Name of Topic Percentage

No. weightage
1. Atmoic & Molecular Strucutre 5
2. Ionisation & Electro Chemistry 10
3. Corrosion of metals & its prevention 10
4. Water Treatment 5
5. Lubrication & Lubricants 5
6. Chemistry of Engineering Materials 15

TOTAL 50

8 . RESOURCE GROUP :

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :

1. Dr. A.S. Patel,
3. Prof. R.B. Prajapati,
3. Shri S.N. Soni,
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. A. M. Patel
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI PFACULTY :
1. Dr. M.K. Shrivastava
2. Dr. Anju Rawlley
COURSE CODE : S-203
COURSE NAME : WORK-SHOP
1. RATIONALE :
Workshop practice is the backbones of the real industrial work situation, which helps in
development and enhancement of relevant skills required by the technician working in engineering
industries and workshops.
The workshop experiences would also help them to understand the complexity of industrial
working in relative shorter duration of time. Moreover, the contents of these curricula form a basis
and link for study of manufacturing processes and production technology courses in successive
semesters.
The students are advised to undergo each skill experience with an understanding of know-how
with special emphasis on know-why for the various instructions/practices imparted to them in each
shop.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1 S-203 Workshop – 4 — — 50 50
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
Sr. TOPICS Theory Practical
No. Hours Hours
1. Introduction to workshop — 02
2. Fitting — 16
3. Smithy — 08
4. Tin Smithy — 04
5. Carpentary — 12
6. Pipe fitting — 04
7. Metal Joining — 06
8. Turning — 04
Total Hrs — 56
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Comprehend the need of various sections in a workshop
2. Demonstrate observance of the safety conseciousness and good housekeeping in a
workshop
3. Follow the standard procedure for workshop practice.
4. Select and use appropriate materials for various sections of a workshop.
5. Use various tools, instruments and machines for different operations in fitting, smithy,
carpentry, pipefitting and metal joining shop.
6. Prepare the required jobs correctly according to given specification in various sec-
tions of a workshop as mentioned in 5.
7. Demonstrate turning operations on lathe machine such as facing, centering, and taper
turning.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS
TOPIC 1 : INTRODUCTION TO WORKSHOP
1.1 Workshop layout
1.2 Importance of various sections/shops of workshop
1.3 Type of jobs done in each shop
1.4 General safety rules and work-procedure of workshop
TOPIC 2 : FITTING
2.1 Fitting tools like - files vice, chisels, punch, scriber, hammers, surface plate, try squar,
Callipers etc.
2.2 Fitting operations such as chipping, filing, scraping, grinding, sawing, marking,
drilling, reaming, tapping.
2.3 Safety precautions.
2.4 Demonstration of various operations.
2.5 Preparation of male-female joints.
TOPIC 3 : SMITHY
3.1 Smithy tool like - hammer, tongs, anvil, flatner etc.
3.2 Smithy operations such as upsetting, drawing down, bending, setting down, welding,
cutting, punching and fullering etc.
3.3 Safety precautions.
3.4 Demonstration of various smithy operations.
TOPIC 4 : TIN SMITHY
4.1 Tin smithy tools like - hammers, stakes, scissors etc.
4.2 Sheet metal operations such as shearing bending, joinining.
4.3 Safety precautions.
4.4 Demonstration of various operations.
TOPIC 5 : CARPENTARY
5.1 Carpentary tools like - saws, planner, chisels, hammers, pallet, marking gauge, vice,
try square, rule etc.
5.2 Carpentary operations such as marking, sawing, planning, chiselling, grooving,
boring, joining.
5.3 Types of woods and carpentary hardware.
5.4 Safety precautions.
5.5 Demonstration of various operations using hardware.
TOPIC 6 : PIPE FITTING
6.1 Pipe fitting tools
6.2 Pipe fitting operations such as marking, cutting, bending, threading assembling,
dismentaling etc.
6.3 Types of various spanners such as flat, fix, ring, box, adjustable etc.
6.4 Safety precautions.
6.5 Demonstrations of various operations.
TOPIC 7 :METAL JOINING
7.1 Metal joining hand tools and equipment.
7.2 Metal joining temporary and permanent methods such as, screw, nuts bolts and wash-
ers, rivets, keys, pins and welding soldering brazing.
7.3 Demonstrations of metal joining operations.
7.4 Safety precautions.
TOPIC 8 : TURNING
8.1 Turning operations such as facing, centering and turning.
8.2 Demonstration of different Lathe parts and demonstration of above operations.
6. LIST OF EXERCISES
(1) FITTING
* Prepare one job on marking, drilling filing and tapping generating different pro
files such as pentagon, hexagon etc.
* Prepare one job on male female fitting.
(2) SMITHY
* Prepare one job on upsetting, drawing down, bending, joining, etc.
(3) TIN SMITHY
* Prepare one job on sheet metal marking, shearing, flattening, bending and
joining (with solder)
(4) CARPENTARY
* Prepare one job on marking, planning, sawing, chiselling and joining.
* Prepare one job on marking, sawing, planning, nailing and screwing using
plywood/packing wood.
(5) PIPE FITTING
* Prepare one job on pipe marking, cutting, threading and assembling. pipe fitting
in a group of five students.
(6) WELDING
* Prepare one job using arc welding.
(7) TURNING
* Demonstration of different parts of lathe demonstration of centering and turning
operations in a group of 10 students.
NOTE :-
1. Work progress book should be maintained continuously.
2. Apron, Shoes etc. should be stressed for safety.
Sr. Objective Instructional Stratagies
No. No.
1. 1 • Input on layout of workshop
• Use suitable charts and sketches depicting layout of
workshop
• Workshop visit and discussion
2. 2 • Input-cum-dicussion/demonstration
• Use suitable charts cutouts and sketches to show safe
and unsafe practices
• Video programme will be used to demonstrate safe
practices, good and poor house keeping etc.
3. 3 • Discussion on workshop practices, followed by
demonstration.
4. 4 • Input-cum-disucssion
• Use relevant I.S. Code.
• Demonstration of commonly used materials in different
sections of a workshop with their samples of different
cross sections.
5. 5 • Demonstration by the instructor
• Hands-on experience with practice and feedback
exercise will be provide to develop the skills in handling
tools and equipment in various shops.
6. 6 • Demonstrate a few jobs produced in different sections
of a workshop.
• Hands-on experience with practice and feedback
exercises will be provided to produce a given job
correctly.

7. 7 • Demonstraation
8. REFERENCES :
Sr. Name of Books Authors
No.
1. Workshop Familiarization E. Wilkinson
2. Workshop Technology - I Hazra and Choudhary
3. Workshop Technology - I W.A.J. Chapman
4. Engineering industry Training Board Engineering Industry Training Board
Insruction Manual
(i) Inspection & Measurements
(ii) Mechanical Fitting
5. I.T.B. Hand Book Engnieering Industry Training Board
6. Sheet metal shop practice Bruce & Meyer
7. Workshop Technology Vol. I & II Gupta & Kaushik
[Link] GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3 Shri [Link]
4. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Prof. J.P. Patel
2. Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI FACULTY
1. Prof. K. K. Jain
COURSE CODE : S-204
COURSE NAME : ELEMENTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

1. RATIONALE :
In the era of technology integration, it has become unavoidable to possess the basic knowl-
edge of various engineering disciplines. The advancement in technology is the best on multi technol-
ogy integration and hence in performance too. The motive of this subject is to enhance the knowl-
edge & skill level in the inter disciplinary area to strengthen the present practices.
This course is specially designed with a view to impart basic knowledge of other conven-
tional disciplines (other then his own discipline). In this course, the Civil Engg. students will study
the curriculum of other two disciplines i.e. Mechanical and Electrical Engg. portions of this course.
Similarly, Mechanical Engg. students will study the curriculum of other two disciplines i.e. Electri-
cal Engg. and Civil Engg. portions of this course. Similarly, Electrical Engg. students will study the
curriculum of other two disciplines

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-204 Elements of Civil 2 2 50 00 25 75
Engineering

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC TOPICS THEORY PRACT. TOTAL
NO. hrs. hrs. hrs.
1. Chain and Tape Survey 04 04 08
2. Compass Survey 03 08 11
3. Levelling 03 04 07
4. Interpretation of Civil Engg. Drg. 04 02 06
5. Site selection for factory buildings 02 02 04
6. Building Bye-Laws for Industrial building/Sheds 02 — 02
7. Layout for industrial sheds 02 06 08
8. Machine foundations 02 — 02
9. Construction Materials 04 02 06
10. Strength of cement concrete 02 — 02
Total 28 28 56
4. OBJECTIVES :-
1. Know the principles of survey
2. Know the components of survey instruments
3. Know the conventional signs and its use in survey drawing.
4. Know the procedure to conduct chain and tape survey (by Chain triangulation method).
5. Understand use of prismatic compass
6. Define : levelling and different terms used in levelling
7. Know the parts and functions of Dumpy level.
8. Interprete simple building drawings
9. Understand importance and provisions of building bye-laws for industrial sheds.
[Link] the sketch for machine foundation with reference to requirement
of equipment.
11. Know the ideal site for an industrial shed for typical industry.
12. Know various construction materials commonly used, their porperties, uses and
selection
13. Know the approx. market cost of each material and their suitability for
the job on the basis of strength, durability, economy etc.
14. Know the various parameters influencing the strength of cement concrete
15. Know the factors to be kept in mind while planning & designing a layout
for any industrial building.
16. Know rules & provisions for showing details in a layout
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS
1. CHAIN AND TAPE SURVEY 4 Hrs
- Principles of survey
- Define: Plane surveying
- Purpose of reconaissance survey
- List of instruments required
- Explain various components of Instruments.
- Use of survey instruments on the field
- Ranging of survey lines
* Base line
* Tie line
* Check line
- Signs used in ranging - types of ranging
- Explain ranging a line on field
- Conventional signs- its importance, types etc.
- Location sketches, key plan, offset, running measurements,
selection of stations. Feild book, recording, plotting of details to the scale
- Preparation of sheet-using survey details
2. COMPASS SURVEY 3Hrs
- Use of Prismatic compass in surveying .
- Procedure of using compass
- Component parts of compass & functions
- Explain : whole circle bearing (WCB), Fore bearing (F.B.),
Back bearing (B.B.)
- Computation of included angles from WCB.
- Computation of correct included angles
- Effect of local attraction
- Establish station from given bearing & length
- Explain the procedure for conducting “Chain and Compass Survey”
3. LEVELLING 3Hrs
- Purpose of levelling
- Define : [Link] mark, Back, Intermediate & fore sight,
collimation plane, Line of collimation, Hight of instrument, Reduced level.
- Procedure of taking out & placing in of levelling instrument in the box.
- Types of levels [Link], Tilting, Wye.
- [Link] of levels.
- Taking staff readings & recording them in level book correctly
- Computation of reduced levels (RLs)
- Apply arithmatic checks.
4. INTERPRETATION OF CIVIL ENGG. DRG. 4Hrs
- Define : Building plan, map & distinguish them.
- Methods of projections-first & third angle projections.
- 1st & 3rd angle method of projections used in building drawings.
- Abbriviations, conventions, symbols etc. used for different building
components in the drawings.
- Sketch the symbols used in structural drawings.
- Show drawings to develop interpretation ability.
5. SITE SELECTION FOR FACTORY BUILDINGS: 2Hrs
- Various considerations in selecting site for factory building/industrial sheds.
- Sources from where the maps & plans are available
- Various factors influencing location of sites for industrial sheds.
- Probable/Possible areas where site can be located
- Compare the alternative available sites
- Selection of most suitable & economical site for industrial shed/building.
considering the following salient features:
- Locally available materials of construction & their approx. cost
- Labour rates prevailing in that area & its quantity & skills
- Availibility of essential services like water, electricity, fuel, gas,
telephone, fax, internet, transport, road network, nearby railway station,
airport, port, godowns, transit sheds, job work sheds, marketing
agencies, hotels & guest house etc.
- Soil data for sound foundation of structures.
- Application of Government bye-laws & regulations.
6. BUILDING BYE-LAWS FOR INDUSTRIAL SHEDS/BUILDINGS
2Hrs
- Define : Bye-law
- Provisions of bye-laws related to industrial bulidings in I.S.
- Application of bye-laws as per IS-1256 explaining the purpose of each
bye-law
- Layout of industrial shed using relevant bye-laws.
- Comment on application of bye-laws for industrial sheds & its design.
7. LAYOUT OF INDUSTRIAL - SHEDS 2Hrs
Planning a layout
- Factors affecting planning
- Various considerations like north light, orientation, margins, storages
incoming & outgoing materials despatch etc.
- Specific requirement for each
- Comment on a given layout
- Provisions to be made for preparing lay-out
* Grouping of working spaces
* Rules for parking spaces
- Factors in designing industrial sheds like internal roads, light & ventilation, margins,
set back, water and sanitory rooms, recreation & retiring rooms, tool room, tiffin room
store room etc.
- Rules for showing details in layout like margins, road width, compound walls and gates,
north line, machine foundations, trees, electric and telephone poles etc.
8. MACHINE FOUNDATIONS 2Hrs
- Procedure of designing machine foundations.
- its purpose
- Factors to be considered while designing machine foundations like
- Shear settlement
- Vibrations, resonance
- Operating frequency
- Dead load etc.
- Various types of failures of machine foundations
- Design foundations for simple machine like lathe, compression press,
universal testing machine (20 T capacity), electric power hammer etc.
- Provision made by I.S. specifications for machine foundations
* Provisions made in I.S.- 2974 - Part - II
* Prepare proper foundation plan for IS specifications for the
given sample machine.
* Precautions to be taken while selecting a design when vibrational
forces are predominant.
- Selection of appropriate types of machine foundation identifying
governing factor causing failure
- Types of dynamic loads & their effects on foundations
- Selections of appropriate foundation design for withstanding dynamic loads
referring IS-2974-Part I and II etc.
9. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 4 Hrs
- Various types of construction materials commonly used like :
- Bricks
- Stones(natural)
- Wood
- Steel(bars and sections)
- Lime
- Cements
- Aggregates
- Glass
- Aluminium
- Paints
- Water
- Plastics(PVC)
- Bitumen(tar) etc.
- Properties of each material & their acceptable standards
- Where they are most suitabliy used
- Estimated market cost of above referred construction materials
- Select most suitable construction materials for industrial structures
with respect to durability, appearance, economy etc.
- Compare the following materials and construction works :
* Brick work & stone work, on the basis of strength and economy
* Lime & cement, on the basis of strength and economy
* Wood & steel ( as structural members) on the grounds of
strength-weight ratio, life & maintenance
* Steel & Aluminium, as construction materials
* Stone work & concrete work, on the basis of strength, economy &
weathering effects
* Wood and PVC, on the basis of durability, weight, maintenance & safety
* Stone flooring, IPS flooring and granolithic C.C. flooring, in factory areas
where heavy loads are expected on floors.
10. STRENGTH OF CEMENT CONCRETE 2 Hrs.
- Ingredients of cement concerte
- Water cement ratio & its effect on the strength of cement concrete
- Relationship of compressive strength of concrete with w/c ratio.
- Draw graph : strength v/s water-cement ratio.
- Effect of degree of compaction on strength of concerte
- Role of % air voids on strength of concrete
- Influence of other parameters on the strength of concrete Parameters like :
- Aggregate cement ratio
- Grading of aggregates
- Size & shape of aggregates
- Strength & type of aggregates
- Quantity of materials
- Compaction
- Curing method & curing period
- Workmanship & handling of concerte(mixing,Transporting)
- Property of cement used
6. List of Laboratory Experiences :

1. Conduct “ Chain and compass survey” (max. 5 stations) (On any Saturday)

* Practice for ranging, chaining, offsetting, recording field book etc.

* Practice for working on prismatic compass, Bearing of lines, recording/computing

included angles using bearings etc.

Preparing drawing plate using A2 size sheet of ‘chain & compass survey’

2. Spot levelling using a Dumpy Level

* Practice with the instrument-selecting suitable position for the instrument, temp.
adjustments, taking change points (C.P.), reading level staff, recording level book,
calculations, arithmatic checks, T.B.M., Reduced levels etc.

* Interpretation of contour map.

3. Interpretation of Civil Engg. Drawing.

* The small groups of students be supplied with prints and they will interpret the given
drawing for details like - wall thickness, room size, orientation, lighting and ventilation,
roominess, locations of doors, windows, ventilators, stair-case etc, economy, aspects,
effect of elevation, grouping, circulation, bulit up & plot-area relationship, F.S.I, open
spaces, location of W.C & bath, rise & tread, foundation details, abbriviations &
conventional signs used, services details, bye-laws applicable etc.(for residential
buildings)

After showing this one print for commercial complex and a print for any industrial
shed may also be given in the group for further clearity.

4. Visit to an industrial factory building and all details may be taken on paper (On Saturday)

5. Prepare a layout plan of the visited industrial building (not to scale)

6. Given a drawing dimentioned sketch of any small RCC unit/component like lintel, steps,
beam, pillar or column etc., the student will calculate the quantity of materials used in
making concrete and will find out the rate of conerete per
7. REFERENCES :-
1. Pumps operation and maintenance Tyler and Hicks
2. Elements of Workshop Technology ( Vol. 1,2) Hazara chaudhary
3. Theory of Machines [Link]
4. Heat engine Shah & Pandya
5. Material Handling equipments [Link]
6. Material Handling John Immer
7. Hydraulic Machines Jagdish Lal
8. Hydraulics [Link]
9. Text book on Surverying & levelling [Link]
10. Text book on Surverying & levelling [Link]
cubicmeter.
11. Civil Engg. Drawing Shah,Kale & Patki
12. IS.1256-1967, IS.-962 Indian standard
13. Engg. Material [Link]
14. IS-2974 part-1 and part-2
15. [Link] Rajaraman
16. Properties of concrete [Link]
17. Estimating and costing [Link]
18. Estimating and costing [Link]
19. Estimating and costing [Link]
20. Planning and designing buildings [Link]
21. Planning and designing buildings Gurucharan Singh
22. Fundamentals of Elect. Engg. [Link]
23. Fundamentals of Elect. Engg [Link]
24. A Text book of Elect. Engg. [Link]
25. Elementary Electrical Engg. [Link].
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

SR. TOPICS PERCENTAGE

NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Chain and Tape Survey 05
2. Compass Survey 05
3. Levelling 05
4. Interpretation of Civil Engg. Drg. 05
5. Site selection for factory buildings 05
6. Building Bye-Laws for Industrial building
/Sheds 05
7. Layout for industrial sheds 05
8. Machine foundations 05
9. Construction Materials 05
10. Strength of cement concrete 05
TOTAL 50

9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
4. Shri [Link]
5. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri G. M. Patel
3. Shri [Link]
COURSE CODE : S-206
COURSE NAME : ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. RATIONALE :
In the era of technology integration, it has become unavoidable to possess the basic knowl-
edge of various engineering disciplines. The advancement in technology is the best on multi technol-
ogy integration and hence in performance too. The motive of this subject is to enhance the knowl-
edge & skill level in the inter disciplinary area to strengthen the present practices.
This course is specially designed with a view to impart basic knowledge of other conven-
tional disciplines (other then his own discipline). In this course, the Civil Engg. students will study
the curriculum of other two disciplines i.e. Mechanical and Electrical Engg. portions of this course.
Similarly, Mechanical Engg. students will study the curriculum of other two disciplines i.e. Electri-
cal Engg. and Civil Engg. portions of this course.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-206 Elements of Elect. 2 2 50 — 25 75
Engineering

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC TOPICS THEORY PRACT. TOTAL
NO. hours hours hours
1. [Link] 6 2 8
2. Transformer 5 4 9
3. Rotating Electrical Machines 5 4 9
4. Protection & Utilisation of Electrical Power 4 8 12
5. Electrical Measuring Instruments 3 2 5
6. Basic Electronics 3 4 7
7. Starters 2 4 6

Total 28 28 56
4. OBJECTIVES :
1 Know the importance of A.C. fundamentals.
2. Understand the working principle, construction and applications of transformer.
3. Understand the working principle, construction and application of rotating
electrical machines.
4. Select and use appropriate materials for electrical installation.
5. Appriciate the importance of various protective devices applied for the machines.
6. Know the use and methods of connecting measuring instruments.
7. Know the use of C.R.O. in various electrical measurements.
8. Understand the importance of electronic circuit used in control system.
5. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS
(1) A.C. CIRCUITS :
- A.C. Fundamentals ( without problems )
- Three phase - circuit fundamentals ( without problems )
(2) TRANSFORMER :
- Principle of working ( without problem) and e.m.f equation.
- Classification according to construction.
- Losses
- Methods of cooling of transformers
- Maintenance
(3) ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES
- A.C. Generator ( Alternator )
- Principle of working
- Construction and applications.
- Synchronous motor
- Induction motor- principle working
- Single phase induction motors constructions and applications.
- Three phase induction motors constructions and applications.
- Maintenance of induction motor
(4) PROTECTION & UTILISATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER
- Domestic wiring
- Industrial wiring
- Heating, types and their applications
- Welding, types and their applications
- Protectionsused for elect. machines like overload relay, earth fault relay, single phase
preventor etc.
- Electrical Safety and earthing.
(5) ELECTRICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
- Classification, Constructions and its Application.
- Methods of connecting indicating instruments.
- C.R.O. - Block dia.
- Functions of cathode ray tube
- Use of CRO to measure current, voltage & frequency.
(6) BASIC ELECTRONICS
- Semiconductor Devices, diode, transister, and S.C.R. Construction & applications.
- Simple control systems like speed control and temperature control using S.C.R.
- Conversion of analog to digital.
- NC m/cs
(7) STARTERS :
- D.O.L.( DIRECT ON LINE ) Star Delta, Auto Transformer and slipring induction
motor Starters for A.C. motors
6. List of Laboratory Experiences :

1. Wiring of tubelight / lamp point and testing.

2. Use multimeter & megger for testing .

3. Overhauling of ceiling / table fan or any other domestic appliance.

4. Wiring of panel for 3phase induction motor using main switch starter.

5. Measure power and P F. in R.L.C series circuit.

6. Calibrate single phase energy meter.

7. Measure voltage and frequency using C.R.O.

8. Study D.C shunt motor starter.

9. Open circuit & short circuit test on single phase transformer.

10. Load test on single phase transformer.

11. Speed control of Universal motor using SCR.

12. Study A.C. Motor starters.

7. REFERENCES :-
1. Pumps operation and maintenance Tyler and Hicks
2. Elements of Workshop Technology ( Vol. 1,2) Hazara chaudhary
3. Theory of Machines [Link]
4. Heat engine Shah & Pandya
5. Material Handling equipments [Link]
6. Material Handling John Immer
7. Hydraulic Machines Jagdish Lal
8. Hydraulics [Link]
9. Text book on Surverying & levelling [Link]
10. Text book on Surverying & levelling [Link]
cubicmeter.
11. Civil Engg. Drawing Shah,Kale & Patki
12. IS.1256-1967, IS.-962 Indian standard
13. Engg. Material [Link]
14. IS-2974 part-1 and part-2
15. [Link] Rajaraman
16. Properties of concrete [Link]
17. Estimating and costing [Link]
18. Estimating and costing [Link]
19. Estimating and costing [Link]
20. Planning and designing buildings [Link]
21. Planning and designing buildings Gurucharan Singh
22. Fundamentals of Elect. Engg. [Link]
23. Fundamentals of Elect. Engg [Link]
24. A Text book of Elect. Engg. [Link]
25. Elementary Electrical Engg. [Link].
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
Sr. Topic Percentage
No. weightage
1. [Link] 10
2. Transformer 10
3. Rotating Electrical Machines 10
4. Protection & Utilisation of Electrical Power 05
5. Electrical Measuring Instruments 05
6. Basic Electronics 05
7. Starters 05
Total 50

9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
4. Shri [Link]
5. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri G. M. Patel
3. Shri [Link]
COURSE CODE : S-207
COURSE NAME : ENGINEERING MEASUREMENTS - II

1. RATIONALE :
Work in an industry is characterized by certain specific features which in turn makes
certain demands on the technician. First of all, he must be able to accurately measure
physical quantities using appropriate measuring equipment. He must perform all
experiments and related operations accurately in strict accordance with the relevant
manual, standards or text books. Particular care must be taken to use these apparatus/
instruments carefully.
This course on Engineering Measurement intends to develop elementary measurement
skills in the students. It is an interdisciplinary course emphasizing the development
of personal attributes like spirit of enquiry, problem solving etc. Some elementary skills
in error analysis, safety precautions and interpretation of results are to be developed
through this course.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. COURSE COURSE NAME L P Exam scheme

NO. CODE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-207 Engineering -- 2 -- -- 50 50
Measurements -II

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

Sr. No. Particulars Hours

1. Planning & Introduction 04

2. Preforming Experiments 20
3. Assessment/Submission 04
Total 28

4. OBJECTIVES :
The students should be able to :
* Use appropriate units for each physical quantities.
* Read the physical quantities for basic measuring instruments .
* Record Observed data in the designed observation table accurately.
* Compute/Report the results based on the measurements taken accurately
wherever necessary.
5. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
1. Determination of static friction.
2. Measurement of viscosity of a given liquid.
3. Measurement of pressure by using various instruments.
4. Determination of moment of inertia of flywheel.
5. Measurement of Electrical energy.
6. Measurement of area by Simpson's rule and square method.
7. Measurement of pH value of a given solution.
8. Measurement of flow rate.
9. Measurement of thermal conductivity of a metal.
10. Determination of percentage of iron in an alloy.
11. Measurement of rate of corrosion for given metals (like copper and alluminium)
in acid or alkaline medium.
12. Measurement of power for different speed of a ceiling or a table fan.
13. Measurement of ash content of a given sample of coal.
Note: 1. MInimum 10 experiences to be performed during the term in this course
from the above given list looking to the avaiable resourses at the Polytechnic.
2. The experiences should be changed every year as far as possible.
3. Assessment should be continuous and progressive.
4. Student should be provided an opportunity to take measurement independently.
5. Lectures should be arranged before starting actual laboratory work.
6. Practical examination : 50 % marks of term work.

6. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri A.A. Trivedi 2. Shri K.J. Patal
3. Shri R.B. Prajapati 4. Dr. A.S. Patel
5. Shri S.N. Soni 6. Shri [Link]
7. Shri [Link] 8. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. R. Mishra
2. Shri R. M. Thakkar
COURSE CODE : S-224
COURSE NAME : NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES
1. RATIONALE :
Energy is an important input in all sectors of country’s economy. Standards of living of
a country can be directly judged by per capita consumption of energy. Energy sources in
general can be broadly categorized as -
(i) Conventional sources of energy — like fossil fuels such as coal, oil, gas, atomic
and hydroelectric energy and
(ii) Non-conventional sources of energy — such as solar, wind, ocean, geothermal,
and bio-mass etc
In general conventional sources of energy are widely used in our daily life and nearly
92% of our energy requirements are met from such sources only. Unfortunately their availabil-
ity is not universal i.e. in some countries, they are available in plenty whereas in some other
countries they are to a very little extent. On the contrary, the non-conventional sources of
energy are available everywhere in abundance and may not be exhausted soon.
It is a known fact that resources of conventional fossil fuel in the world in general and
our country in particular is limited. The rate at which we are using them, it is likely to be
exhausted in near future. As we cannot think of human life without energy, it is, therefore, very
esssential that non conventional sources of energy be tapped invariably. Students will develop
awareness about the technologies involved in tapping such energy resources and then putting
them in use effectively for the service of mankind. They may also be aprised of the problem of
the limited availability of energy and so to take effective measures to save energy.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1 S-224 Non-Conventional 3 - 100 — — 100
Energy Sources

[Link] OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC LECT.
NO. HOURS
1. Renewable Sources of Energy 4
2. Solar Energy 12
3. Wind Energy 6
4. Bio-mass Energy 12
5. Other Alternative Sources of Energy 4
6. Energy Conservation and auditing 4
Grand Total 42
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Understand conventional sources of energy.
2. Identify non-conventional (renewable) sources of energy.
3. Understand the concept of solar radiation.
4. Use and operate different appliances based on solar radiation.
5. Understand the concept of wind energy and its applications like wind mill wind
farm etc.
6. Understand feasibility of as a source of energy
7. Identify different types of biomass energy plants.
8. Apply principles of conservation of energy
9. Understand the concept of energy auditing, energy saving etc.
10. Identify newer and newer renewable sources of energy.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS :
TOPIC 1 : RENEWABLE SOURCES OF ENERGY.
1.1 Renewable Sources of Energy such as Hydro, Solar, Wind, Bio-mass, Tidal and
Geothermal - their availability and limitations.
1.2 Energy crisis and energy demand projection.
TOPIC 2 : SOLAR ENERGY :
2.1 Solar radiation.
2.2 Photovoltaic Cell.
2.3 Pyranometer.
2.4 Solar Thermal Collectors
2.5 Solar air heaters.
2.6 Solar constant
2.7 Solar Cell.
2.8 Materials of Solar Cell.
2.9 Applications of solar energy
TOPIC 3 : WIND ENERGY :
3.1 Wind map of India, mean wind speed, and wind density during different months in
specific areas.
3.2 Types of wind mills, their assembly and applications as electric converters, pumping
motors
3.3 Concept of wind farms, its applications.
TOPIC 4 : BIO–MASS ENERGY :
4.1 Bio-mass as a source of energy.
4.2 Energy plantation.
4.3 Pyrolysis, Classification and Anaerobic fermentation.
4.4 Types of Biogas plants.
- Their comparative status
- Design and
- Applications.
TOPIC 5 : OTHER ALTERNATE SOURCES OF ENERGY :
5.1 Tidal power, sites for tidal power plants in India.
5.2 Micro hydel power station
5.3 Geothermal energy.
5.4 Limitations and applications of such power plants.
TOPIC 6 : ENERGY CONSERVATION AND AUDITING :
6.1 Conservation of energy in
- Domestic appliances and industries
6.2 Use of fuel efficiently in vehicles.
6.3 Waste recycling.
6.4 Fuel gases and heat recovery.
6.5 Energy demand management.
6.6 Energy accounting and auditing.
6. REFERENCES :
(1) Solar Energy :
- Principles of thermal collection and storage
- by S.P. Sukhatame, Tata McGrow Hills.
- Solar Energy Utilization
- G.D. Rai, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
- Wind Energy Data for India
- Anna Mani & D.A. Mooley, Allied Publishers.
(2) Biogas Technology
- K.C. Khandelwal, [Link], Tata MGH
(3) Power Plant Engg.
- G.R. Nagpal, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
(4) Energy resources and supply
- J.T. MacMillan, R. Morgan, R.B. Murray,
- John Willy & sons, New York.
(5) Principles of energy conservation
- A.W. Culp, Tata MGH.
7. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Renewable Sources of Energy 10
2. Solar Energy 25
3. Wind Energy 15
4. Bio-mass Energy 30
5. Other Alternative Sources of Energy 10
6. Energy Conservation and auditing 10
Total 100

8. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri R.A. Shah
2. Shri D.S. Oza
3. Shri A.B. Rajyaguru
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Prof. [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI FACULTY
1. Dr. M.K. Srivastava
2. Mrs. Anju Rawlley
COURSE CODE : SM–251
COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL DRAFTING

1. RATIONALE :
The student of Mechanical Engineering Programme is basically responsible for manu-
facturing of various material components in shops. This course enable him shop floor profes-
sional skill by way of communicating through drawing amongst personnel working on shop
floor. To meet the requirements of job functions as technician to the full extent, the student
should be acquainted with relevant Indian Standard Specifications and computer as well.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1 SM-251 MECHANICAL 2 8 100 – 50 150
DRAFTING
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1. Projections and Sections of Solids 04 32 36
2. Development of Surfaces 04 08 12
3. Intersection of Solids 04 10 14
4. Details and Assembly Drawing of 04 28 32
Machine Parts
5. System of Limits and Fits as per BIS 04 02 06
6. Welding and Machining Symbols and 02 04 06
Piping Drawing
7. Computer Graphics 06 28 34
28 112 140
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES :
TRS 1. Use Indian /ISO codes / standards / databooks.
EO’s 1.1 Practice the codes, standards (Indian), databooksand handbook.
1.2 Interpret Indian standards, databooks and ISO. (Topic 4,5,6)
1.3 Use Indian/ISO codes/standards/databooks. (Topic 4,5,6)
TRS 2. Draw/ reproduce assembly and detailed drawings of machine
parts as per standards.
EO’s 2.1 Draw detailed drawings of machine parts as per Indian (Topic 4)
standards manually.
2.2 Draw detailed drawings of machine parts as per Indian (Topic 4)
standards using AUTOCAD.
2.3 Develop assembly drawings manually as well as using (Topic4)
computer.
TRS 3. Use production drawings/material codes.
EO’s 3.1 Discuss the application of production drawing and (Topic 4)
material codes.
3.2 Interpret Production drawing and material codes. (Topic 4)
TRS 4. Use software and hardware for CAD.
EO’s 4.1 Develop awareness of the software packages of CAD (Topic7)
and hardware.
4.2 Draft drawing using CAD software. (Topic 7)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
2. Follow written or oral instructions and interpret them to others.
3. Counsel people in work situations.
4. Describe an object, process or procedure.
5. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 : PROJECTIONS AND SECTIONS OF SOLIDS
1.1 Drawing of Projections of solids - in various position with respect to the reference
planes.
1.2 Concepts of sectioning, Horizonal and vertical traces representing sectional planes
- Sectional views of different solids in given various positions - auxiliary section
and true shape of section.
1.3 Multiview Representation of simple object.
2.0 : DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES
2.1 Importance of development of surfaces - Drawing of development of surfaces of
various solid - surface development of combination of different solids and of
sectioned solids.
3.0 : INTERSECTION OF SOLIDS
3.1 Importance - Various method for intersection of different solids.
4.0 : DETAILS AND ASSEMBLY DRAWING OF MACHINE PARTS
4.1 Importance - Terminology - Lay-out for production drawings as per B.I.S. code.
4.2 Detailed component drawings from given assembly.
4.3 Assembly drawing from given details of machine parts.
5.0 : SYSTEM OF LIMITS AND FITS AS PER B.I.S.
5.1 Importance, Terminology.
5.2 Selection of appropriate limits and fits as per B.I.S.
5.3 Symbols of tolerance of form and position.
6.0 : WELDING AND MACHINING SYMBOLS AND PIPING DRAWING
6.1 Symbols and conventions for welding and machining as per B.I.S.
6.2 Symbols and layout for piping.
7.0 : COMPUTER GRAPHICS
7.1 Introduction to Design and Drafting Package AutoCAD R.12 or AutoCAD R.13
7.2 General features
7.3 Basic drawing and Editing commands.
7.4 Use of dimensioning utilities.
7.5 Prepare copy from Auto CAD
NOTE: Demonstrate the use of BIS/ISO, codes, standards, data book while teaching topics.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES/TERM WORK :
(A) PREPARE DRAWING SHEETS ON
(1) Projections of solids (Minimum 4 problems) 08 hrs
(2) Sections of solids (— Do —) 08 hrs
(3) Development of Surfaces (—Do—) 08 hrs
(4) Intersection of Solids (—Do—) 10 hrs
(5) Sectional orthographic Projectons (Three problems). 08 hrs
(6) Missing views and Sections (Three problems). 08 hrs
(7) Details production drawings of machine components 08 hrs
including zone and fold mark, limit, fits and tolerances.
(8) Assembly production drawing of machine components (Manually). 08 hrs
(9) Pattern drawing showing draft and allowances of pattern. 06 hrs
(10) Forging Drawing 06 hrs
(B) PREPARE SKETCH BOOK
(1) Data of Drawing sheets [Link]. 1 to 9 with solution of ——
problems where needed.
(2) Exercises giving ideas of limits, fits and tolerances. 02 hrs
(3) Symbols * Welding symbols. 02 hrs
* Machining symbols.
(4) Piping symbols and piping drawing. 02 hrs
(C) USE AUTOCAD
(1) AutoCAD commands for preparation of production drawings. 12 hrs
(2) Production drawing of one component 08 hrs
including zone and fold mark, limits, fits and
tolerances (with the help of computer).
(3) Assembly production drawing of machine components. 08 hrs
(with the help of computer).
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :-
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions BIS codes, standards
2. 1.2 — “ —- —”—-
3. 1.3 —”—- —”—-
4. 2. 2.1 T.W. exercises Drawing Board &
accessories
Handouts
5. 2.2 —”—- Computer
6. 2.3 —”—- Board & Computer
7. 3.1 Classroom Instructions Production Drawing
Model
Charts
8. 3.2 T.W. exercises ———
9. 4.1 Computer Lab Exercise Diff. Software
Packages
9. REFERENCES :
Sr No. Name of Book Author Publishers
1. BIS - 696 - 1972
2. BIS - 919 - 1963
3. BIS - 2709 - 1964
4. Elementary Engineering Drawing [Link] Charutar Book Stall Anand
5. Machine Drawing “ “
6. Graphics for Engineers [Link] Prentice Hall India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
7. Fundamentals of Drawing [Link] Subhas Publications,
Krishna Avenue Road, Banglore.
8. Machine Drawing “ “
9. Drafting and Graphics Gia Chino American Technical
Beukema Society Chicago, Illinois
10. Drafting Technology Gleclino & [Link] Sons
Beukema & [Link].,Bombay.
11. Fundamentals of Tool Design A.S.T.M.E. Prantice Hall India
Frank W. Willson [Link]., New Delhi
[Link] Design Donalson Lecain MacGrow Hill Book Co.
(Revised Edition) Goold New Delhi
13. Mastering AUTO CAD George Omura
14. Inside in AUTO CAD Ralcer & Rice
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC % Weightage
NO.
1. Projections and Sections of Solids 15
2. Development of Surfaces 10
3. Intersection of Solids 10
4. Details and Assembly Drawing of 25
Machine Parts
5. System of Limits and Fits as per BIS 10
6. Welding and Machining Symbols and Piping Drawing 10
7. Computer Graphics 20
TOTAL 100 %
11. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Pancholi
2. Prof. R. B. Gupta
3. Prof. R.R. Trivedi
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : S – 301
COURSE NAME : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
1. RATIONALE :

Human relation and interpersonal skills are very crucial to the role of a superviser in the
changing cultural, managerial and economical environments. In the present era of globalisation, hu-
man resource is considered as dynamic asset which in turn will result in technological and social
excellance.

Though this course which aims at developing intra-personal, inter-personal and social com-
petencies, polytechnic students will be able to perform their future role effectively.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme

NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-301 Human Resource 3 - 100 — — 100
Management
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
Topic Title Theory
No.
1. Introduction to Human Resource Management 01
2. Human needs, relations and values 04
3. Behavioural dynamics 10
4. Supervisor’s role in HRD 03
5. Decision making 04
6. Management of change 04
7. Stress management 02
8. Communication 14
Total 42
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Appreciate the importance of human factor in engineering and identify human needs
and its importance in managing human resources.
2. Explain importance of human relations and human values.
3. Analyse interpersonal needs, orientation & attractions.
4. State effect of (2) on human behaviour.
5. List & explain theories of leadership & its effect on behaviour.
6. Use techniques to deal effectively with people.
7. Appreciate concept and use of group dynamics.
8. Appreciate Supervisor’s role in HRD.
9. Develop ability to make the necessary decisions in different situations.
10. Appreciate the need for changes & change management.
11. Identify the role and objectives of trade unions in change management.
12. Identify the causes & types of conflicts.
13. List and explain the machinaries to resolve the conflicts.
14. Appreciate the need and importance of stress management.
15. Appriciate the concept, types and importance of communication, in an organisation.
16. Write brief and precise proposals and reports.
17. Write letters of different types.
18. Lead group discussion and meetings independently in English.
5. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS
TOPIC 1 : INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
1.1 Need and scope of human resource management in industrial environment.
1.2 Impact of human factors on productivity and industrial harmony.
TOPIC 2 : HUMAN NEEDS, RELATIONS AND VALUES
2.1 x and y theory.
2.2 Importance of human resources in Indian philosophy.
2.3 Maslow’s hierarchy, its importance in managing human resources.
2.4 Need of human relations and human values in the industry.
2.5 Desirable human values and their importance including ethics and morale value.
TOPIC 3 : BEHAVIOURAL DYNAMICS
3.1 INTERPERSONAL BEHAVIOUR
3.1.1 INTRODUCTION
3.1.2 Need for interpersonal competance.
3.1.3 Determinants of interpersonal behaviour.
3.1.4 Concept of interpersonal orientation and attractions and its importance in human
behaviour.
3.2 LEADERSHIP
3.2.1 Situational approach to leadership
3.2.2 Power influence and compliance
3.2.3 Influence of Leadership.
3.2.4 Techniques to deal people effectively.
3.3 GROUP DYMNAMICS
3.3.1 Concept of group dynamics.
3.3.2 Dynamics of group formation.
3.3.3 Types of group.
3.3.4 Role of group in organization.
3.3.5 Desirable characteristics of group member.
3.4 ATTITUDE
3.4.1 Concept & importance of positive attitude and openness of mind.
3.4.2 Do’s and don’ts for developing positive attitude.
3.4.3 Importance of mental health.
TOPIC 4 : SUPERVISOR’S ROLE IN HRD
4.1 Importance of HRD.
4.2 Need, importance & types of Training.
4.3 Need and importance of Motivation.
4.4 Supervisor’s role as Trainer & Motivator.
4.5 Need, importance and use of Counselling and Mentoring.
TOPIC 5 : DECISION MAKING
5.1 Importance of decision making in context of productivity, quality, cost consiousness,
human relations and goal achievment.
5.2 Factors affecting decision making.
5.3 Types and process.
5.4 Make the decisions for given case/situation.
TOPIC 6 : MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
6.1 Need for change.
6.2 Barrier to change
6.3 Strategies to manage change.
(Effective implementation and management of change)
6.4 Trade unions and their objectives.
6.5 Constructive role of trade unions in goal setting, achievement and change management
6.6 Causes and resolution techniques of conflicts.
TOPIC 7 : STRESS MANAGEMENT
7.1 Concept of stress management.
7.2 Attributes of stress.
7.3 Stress measuring techniques.
7.4 Techniques to relieve the stress.
TOPIC 8: COMMUNICATION
8.1 Communication.
8.1.1 Concept and definitions
8.1.2 Objectives
8.1.3 Types :downward,upward,lateral,grapevine.
8.2 Proposals and Reports
8.2.1 Introduction
8.2.2 Features/Characteristics
8.2.3 Structure
8.2.4 Forms/ Types
8.2.5 Brief and precise proposal and report writing
List of Major Skills :
- Write reports on experiments conducted in laboratories/ workshops/ and reports on
field and industrial visits.
- Write report on project work (mini and major) undertaken.
- Fill up various types of forms/formats and maintain records.
- Write brief reports of various types (inspection, installation, commissioning, progress
report, test reports, trouble reports, status report of materials, industrial visits, shift
reports in log books etc.)
- Compile and interpret process data periodically.
- Write proposals (feasibility of projects, purchase, maintenance of machines and equip-
ment, budget etc.)
8.3 Business letters
8.3.1 Introduction
8.3.2 Form: Block, Indented
8.3.3 Characteristics
8.3.4 Structure
8.3.5 Types of Business letters.
8.3.6 Writing letters of different types
List of Major Skills:
- Write leave applications.
- Write applications for award of freeships and condonation of fine etc.
- Write letters to friends and parents.
- Prepare biodata/ resume.
- Write letters of application for jobs.
- Write letters of enquiry and replies to these letters.
- Write letters placing orders.
- Write letters of complaints and replies to these letters.
- Draft official memos and notices.
- Prerpare tender documents
- Write self - appraisal and confidential reports.
8.4 Group Discussion and Meetings.
LEAD GROUP DISCUSSIONS AND MEETINGS INDEPENDENTLY IN
ENGLISH
List of major Skills :
- Prepare the agenda and schedule for meetings/ group discussions.
- Build rapport with individuals and the group.
- Assert one’s point of view and convince others.
- Contribute effectively in group discussions and meetings.
- Accept other’s point of view.
- Encourage the group members to contribute/participate effectively.
- Summarise the points agreed upon.
- Defend findings and reports presented.
- Organise and co-ordinate group discussions and meetings.
6. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
1. CASE ANALYSIS
Case based on human behaviour which includes behaviour with supervisors, colleagues,
subordinates, suppliers etc.
2. GROUP DISCUSSION
Decision making for situations such as ;
- For achieving goals under constraints of resources like man, material, time, money etc.
- For managing subordinates by setting an example of self behaviour.
- The topic for group discussion should be selected in which, behaviour of supervisor adversely
affect the situation. For narrating the topic, news, magazines case, video film, narration etc.
should be used. The discussion should be primarily on behavioural aspects.
3. SEMINARS
Each student has to represent a seminar for 10 minutes on the topic assigned by teacher.
The topics should be relevant to the topic no.4 “Supervisor’s role in HRD “.
4. MOK PLAY ON LEADERSHIP STYLE
The role of each player will be assigned by teacher. Based on role assigned, natural interac-
tion/ play should take place.
5. PRACTICE FOR STRESS RELIEVING TECHNIQUES
Identify attributes for stress.
Discuss the suitable technique to relieve the stress, if feasible, practice the technique.
6. RATING EXERCISE ON CHANGE MANAGEMENT
Students should be asked to self rate for given set of situation. Based on total score, the
attitude towards change management may be known. The relevent feed back and discussion should
be carried out.

7. GROUP DISCUSSION
Group discussion on topics such as human values, need of ethics & morale value, impor-
tance of human values in leadership, etc.
8. COMMUNICATION SKILLS DEVELOPMENT :
* Importance of communication in inter-personal relations.
* Steps to be followed in effective verbal communication.
Dealing with superiors and with peers.
* Mannerism and gestures. Practices.
Note : The above instructional strategies are only suggestive. The individual teacher is free
to design his own strategies looking to the constraints and resources available at the Polytechnic.
7. REFERENCES :
1. Ahuja, Jain & Chhabra, Managing people at work, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.
Allahabad. 1977.
2. Astin, A.W. Scherrei R.A. Maximising leadership effectiveness. Jossey-
Bass Publishers, Londo, 1980.
3. Butterworthsand Tamrehill R.E. , Motivation anbd management
development, 1970.
4. Dessler, Garry, Improving performance at work, Reston Publishing Co. Inc.
A prentice Hall Co. Reston, 1979, .
5. Hersey and Blanchard, Management of organisational behaviour, Prentice
Hall, India, 1977.
6. Mitchel, Terence R., People in organisations, McGraw Hill, Koga-kusha,
Ltd. , Tokyo, 1978.
7. Pareek, Udai and Rao T.V. Designing and Managing human resources
systems, Oxford and TBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1981.
8. Pareek, Udai and Rao T.V., Behavioural processes in organisation, Oxford
and TBH publishing CO., New Delhi, 1981.
9. Richman Eugence and Brara Arvinder, Practical guide to manging people,
Parkar Publishing Co., INc., New York, 1975.
10. Schein, Edgar H., Organisational Psychology, Prentice Hall Inc., New
Jersey. 1970.
11. Morse and Furst, stress for success, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1979.
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
SR. NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Introduction to Human Resource Management 05
2. Human needs, relations and values 10
3. Behavioural dynamics 20
4. Supervisor’s role in HRD 10
5. Decision making 10
6. Management of change 10
7. Stress management 05
8. Communication 30
Total 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri A.M. TALSANIA
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
4. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM–302
COURSE NAME : MANUFACTURING PROCESSES-I
1. RATIONALE :
This subject provides knowledge regarding different types of shaping metals. It also
provides situations to appreciate behaviour of metal and change in it during process. The sub-
ject also develops safety consciousness.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM - 302 Manufacturing 4 4 100 — 50 150
Processes–I
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes 03 — 3
2. Metal Working Processes 22 10 32
3. Metal Casting 16 24 40
4. Metal Joining Processes 15 22 37
Total 56 56 112
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES :
TRS [Link] and use appropriate methods of Manufacturing like
rolling, forging, extrusion, deep drawing and spinning for a
given component.
EO’s 1.1 Describe various methods of metal working like rolling, (Topic 2)
forging, extrusion, deep drawing and spinning with advantages
and limitations of each.
1.2 Identify the appropriate method for manufacturing the (Topic 2)
given component.
1.3 Use the identified method for manufacturing the given (Topic 2)
component.
TRS [Link] and use different methods of pattern making and metal casting.
EO’s 2.1 Explain different types of patterns, pattern materials and (Topic 3)
pattern making for a given component.
2.2 Select appropriate type of pattern, pattern material and (Topic 3)
make appropriate pattern.
2.3 Prepare a pattern for the given component. (Topic 3)
2.4 Describe different methods of casting and their raw materials.
2.5 Select a method of casting for the given component. (Topic 3)
2.6 Prepare a casting for a given component. (Topic 3)
TRS [Link] appropriate metal joining process for fabrication of the given job.
EO’s 3.1 Describe different metal joining processes. (Topic 4)
3.2 Identify appropriate metal joining process for the given job. (Topic 4)
3.3 Use Appropriate metal joining process for the given job. (Topic 4)
Note :- The student should be able to draw the pattern drawing mentioning draft and
allowance based on production drawing also.
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Explain salient features of products/ processes.
2. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
3. Follow written or oral instructions and interpret them to others.
4. Counsel people in work situations.
5. Describe an object, process or procedure.
6. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
7. Give written instructions to carryout jobs.
6. TOPICS AND SUBTOPICS :
1.0 INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
1.1 Nature, role and scope of manufacturing processes
1.2 Basic principle of mechanical working and its Terminology.
1.3 Role of metal working, metal casting and metal joining processes.
2.0 METAL WORKING PROCESSES
2.1 Hot and cold working processes.
2.2 Working principles, equipment used and application of
- Rolling - Bending
- Forging - Spinning
- Drawing - Shot peening
- Extrusion - Coining
- Forming - Swaging
- Embossing - Sand blasting
3.0 METAL CASTING
3.1 Types of foundries
3.2 Pattern making
3.3 Types of pattern
3.4 Pattern allowance, material, drawings and colour codes.
3.5 Cores
- Types
- Core making materials and its properties.
- Testing, sintering and application
3.6 Types of furnaces
3.7 Moulding sand, sand mixing and sand binders
3.8 Moulding equipment
3.9 Types of mould, mould making, mould sintering and application of mould.
3.10 Salvage techniques
3.11 Recovery of sand.
3.12 Type of casting i.e centrifugal, die, investment and shell moulding and special
casting alloy etc.
3.13 casting defects.
3.14 Recent trends in casting - Magnetic
- Vacuum.
3.15 Metal melting and pouring.
3.16 Finishing of casting.
3.17 I.S. grade of casting and its use.
3.18 Types of casting materials
3.19 Safety precautions in foundry.
4.0 METAL JOINING PROCESSES
4.1 Introduction and classification.
4.2 Welding
- Gas welding(Oxy-acetylene,Air-acetylene, oxy-hydrogen and LPG
Oxygen)
- Arc welding (Carbon arc, metal arc, MIG, TIG, flux coated arc and
Submerged arc)
- Resistance welding (Butt, spot, seam, projection and percusion)
- Thermit welding.
- Forged welding.
4.3 Soldering
Equipment, tools, working principle, consumables, applications.
4.4 Brazing
Equipment, tools, working principle, consumables, applications.
4.5 Adhesive joining
4.6 Fastening process
4.7 Safety precautions
4.8 Recent trends in metal joining
- Electron beam welding
- Laser beam welding
- Ultrasonic welding
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES : Hours.
1. Prepare a job using forging process. 04
2. Demonstration of a job using spinning process. 02
3. Demonstration of rolling, drawing, extrusion and bending through 04
industrial visit and to prepare a report.
4. Prepare a pattern for a given pattern drawing. 06
5. Prepare a mould with the help of prepared pattern. 04
6. Prepare a core for a given situation. 04
7. Prepare a job using gas cutting and gas welding. 06
8. Prepare a job using arc welding. 06
9. Prepare a job using resistance welding. 06
10. Prepare a job using brazing. 04
11. Demonstration of metal melting, metal pouring, metal casting and 06
casting finishing through industrial visit and prepare a report.
12. Identify and give reasons for different casting defects. 04
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Transparencies,
Demonstrations Video-cassettes etc.
2. 1.2 — “ —- —”—-
3. 1.3 —”—- —”—-
4. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions Models, Charts
5. 2.2 —”—- —”—-
6. 2.3 Workshop practice
7. 2.4 Classroom instructions Charts
8. 2.5 —”—- —”—-
9. 2.6 Workshop practice
10. 3. 3.1 Classroom Instructions Charts, Transparencies
Demonstrations Video- cassettees etc.
11. 3.2 —”—- —”—-
12. 3.3 Workshop practice
9. REFERENCES :
Sr. Name of Books Authors
No.
1. Workshop Technology I & II - [Link]
2. Workshop Technology I & II - Raghuwanshi
3. Workshop Technology I, II & III - W.A.J. Chapman
4. Manufacturing Processes - [Link]
5. Production Technology - [Link] and [Link]
6. Welding Engineering - [Link]
7. Audles Welding Guide - [Link]
8. Foundry Engineering - [Link]
9. Principle of Foundry - Jain & Gupta
10. Manufacturing Processes - [Link]
11. Production Technology - [Link]
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC Name of Topics % Weightage
No.
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes 05
2. Metal Working Processes 50
3. Metal Casting 25
4. Metal Joining Processes 20
Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A)POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. Y. R. Joshi
2. Prof. G.D. Acharya
3. Prof. H. V. Doshi
4. Prof. N.K. Lapsiwala
5. Prof. A.B. Rajyaguru

(B) CDC FACULTY :

1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji

(C)TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM–303
COURSE NAME : FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

1. RATIONALE :
This subject is intended to introduce basic concepts of fluids and fluid machinery operat-
ing in various power and process plant. The fundamental of the subject therefore is
helpful in design, operation and maintenance of fluid machinery. The mathematical treat-
ment is limited.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM - 303 Fluid Mechanics and 3 2 100 — 25 125
Hydraulic Machines
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1. Fluids and Fluid Properties 02 — 02
2. Fluid Statics 03 — 03
3. Fluid Kinematics 03 — 03
4. Fluid Dynamics 03 — 05
5. Flow Measurement 04 02 12
6. Flow Through Pipes 03 08 05
7. Impact of Jets 03 02 05
8. Hydraulic Primemovers 05 04 09
9. Pumps 10 08 18
10. Hydraulic Devices and Pneumatics 06 02 08
TOTAL 42 28 70
4.0 TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND EO’S
TRS 1. Select fluid flow measuring devices and use Hydraulic prime movers.
EO’s 1.1 Explain different fluid flow measuring devices and (Topic
1,2,3,4,5,6)
Hydraulic prime movers.
1.2 Select appropriate fluid flow measuring devices. (Topic 5,6)
1.3 Use fluid flow measuring devices and Hydraulic prime movers. (Topic 5,7,8)
TRS 2. Select and maintain the pump and hydraulic machine.
EO’s 2.1 Describe basic principles and working of pumps and (Topic 9,10)
Hydraulic machines.
2.2 Identify appropriate pumps and allied Hydraulic (Topic 9,10)
machines for the given situation.
2.3 Maintain the pumps and allied Hydraulic machines. (Topic 9,10)
2.4 Discuss utility of pneumatic devices. (Topic 10)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
2. Counsel people in work situations.
3. Develop detailed write-ups from lecture notes.
4. Describe an object, process or procedure.
5. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. Write reports on experiments conducted in laboratories/and reports on field
and Industrial visits.
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 FLUID AND FLUID PROPERTIES
1.1 Concept and classification.
1.2 Properties of fluid.
2.0 FLUID STATICS
2.1 Pressure and pressure measurement of fluid, laws of fluid statics.
2.2 Selection of pressure measuring devices.
3.0 FLUID KINEMATICS
3.1 Fluid flow : types and equations.
4.0 FLUID DYNAMICS
4.1 Basic equations.
4.2 Bernoulli’s equation and its applications.
4.3 Euler’s equation and its applications.
5.0 FLOW MEASUREMENT
5.1 Notches, venturimeter, orificemeter, nozzles, rotameters.
5.2 Selection criteria for flow measuring devices.
6.0 FLOW THROUGH PIPES
6.1 Reynold’s experiment, friction factor, Darcy’s equation, Moody’s chart.
6.2 Water hammer effect.
7.0 IMPACT OF JETS
7.1 Impact of jet on flat and curved-stationary and moving plates.
7.2 Work done and efficiency calculations.
7.3 Impact of jet on series of curved and flat plates.
8.0 HYDRAULIC PRIME MOVERS
8.1 Classification, construction, working and application of various hydraulic
primemovers.
8.2 Specific speed and its importance
8.3 Selection and maintenance of turbines.
9.0 PUMPS
9.1 Concepts, classification and application of pumps.
9.2 Detailed study (construction,working) of
(1) Centrifugal pump
(2) Reciprocating pump
(3) Turbine pump
(4) Submersible pump
(5) Rotary positive displacement type pump.
9.3 Performance of pumps.
9.4 Selection of pumps.
9.5 Maintenance of pumps.
9.6 Faults, remedies and safety precaution for pumps.
9.7 Specific speed for pumps.
9.8 Characteristic curves of submersible and centrifugal pumps.
10.0 HYDRAULIC DEVICES AND PNEUMATICS
10.1 Intensifier
10.2 Hydraulic lift
10.3 Accumulator
10.4 Hydraulic ram
10.5 Maintenance of hydraulic machines.
10.6 Introduction to pneumetics, pneumatic as power transmission device.
10.7 Different pneumatic elements used in pneumatic circuits.
10.8 Working principle of pressure regulators.
10.9 Pneumatic circuit diagram for typical mechanical unit.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
(1) Perform testing of Centrifugal pump as per BIS.
(2) Perform testing of Reciprocating pump as per BIS.
(3) Perform testing of Pelton wheel.
(4) Find faults and remedies for Centrifugal pump.
(5) Prepare trouble shooting chart of Centrifugal pump.
(6) Measure fluid flow by
* Venturimeter
* Orifice meter
* “V” notch
* Nozzels
(7) Verify Bernoulli’s theorem.
(8) Calculate work done and efficiency for impact of jet on flat and curved vanes.
(9) Determine friction head losses through pipes.
(10) Write a report on working of different types of water turbines.
(11) Write a report on any one of hydraulic devices.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRAGTEGIES :
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. No. No. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Transparencies,
Demonstrations Models
2. 1.2 Classroom instructions Manufacturer’s
catalogue
3. 1.3 Lab. Experiences
4. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions Models, Charts
Transparencies
5. 2.2 —”—-

6. 2.3 Lab. Experience Handouts,

Manufacturer’s
Catalogue
7. 2.4 Classroom instructions Charts
9. REFERENCES :
1. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics [Link] Katson
(in S.I. Units) [Link],
Ludhiana.
2. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic [Link] [Link]
Machines (In [Link]) & Co.
[Link]
Delhi.
3. Hydraulic Machines & Fluid [Link] Metropo
Mechanics (Vol.I & [Link]) litan,Book
4. Hydraulic & Hydraulic Machines Prof.V.P. Charotar
(Vol.I & [Link]) Priyani [Link]
[Link],
Anand.
5. Hydraulics & Hydraulic [Link] Acharya
Machines & [Link] Book Depot,
Baroda.
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE

NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Fluids and Fluid Properties 05
2. Fluid Statics 07
3. Fluid kinematics 08
4. Fluid Dynamics 10
5. Flow Measurement 10
6. Flow Through Pipes 10
7. Impact of Jets 10
8. Hydraulic Primemovers 15
9. Pumps 15
10. Hydraulic Devices and Pneumatics 10

TOTAL 100 %
11. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Rathod
2. Prof. K.C. Patel
3. Prof. I.D. Patel
4. Prof. Y.C. Joshi
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM–304
COURSE NAME : THERMODYNAMICS
1. RATIONALE :
Themodynamics form an essential element of any mechanical course. The basic principles of
thermodynamics will help to solve many problems related to Mechanical engg. discipline as
well as inter-disciplinary areas. This course lays more emphasis in understanding the basic
principles applied to practical problems.
Basic principles of heat transfer also forms a part of this course.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM - 304 Thermodynamics 3 — 100 — — 100
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1 Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics 10 — 10
2 First Law of Thermodynamics 6 — 6
3 Second Law of Thermodynamics 5 — 5
4 Ideal Gases and Processes 7 — 7
5 Thermodynamic Cycles 6 — 6
6 Steam and Two Phase System 8 — 8
TOTAL 42 — 42

4. ENABLING OBJECTIVES :
1. Interpret basic concepts of Thermodynamics.
2. Explain First Law of Thermodynamics.
3. Explain Second Law of Thermodynamics.
4. Differentiate various Thermodynamic Processes.
5. Differentiate various Thermodynamic Cycles.
6. Interpret two phase systems.
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Describe an object, process or procedure.
2. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. TOPICS AND SUBTOPICS :
1.0 BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS
1.1 Thermodynamic systems, properties and classification.
1.2 Forms of energy and energy interaction.
1.3 Concepts of heat and work, types of work.
1.4 Zeroth law and temperature measurement.
1.5 Thermodynamic process (reversible-irreversible) and cycle.
2.0 FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
2.1 Law of conservation of energy.
2.2 First law for closed cycle.
2.3 First law applied to system undergoing a change of state.
2.4 First law applied to open system-steady flow energy equation.
( S F E E)
2.5 Application of first law of thermodynamics.
3.0 SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
3.1 Limitation of first law.
3.2 Concepts of heat reservoir, source, sink, heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator.
3.3 Kelvin-Plank statement and Clausius statement.
3.4 Equivalence of above two statement.
3.5 Concept of reversibility and irreversibility of thermodynamics processes.
3.6 Concept of thermal efficiency and Coefficient of performance.
3.7 Carnot cycle and Carnot theorem - corollary.
3.8 Concept of entropy.
4.0 IDEAL GASES AND PROCESSES
4.1 Various ideal gas laws and equations.
4.2 Characteristic gas equation and universal gas constant.
4.3 Specific heats and its relationship.
4.4 Different thermodynamics processes, its representation on P-V, T-S and H-S
diagrams.
4.5 Equations for PVT relationship, work transfer, heat transfer for all above processes.
5.0 THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES
5.1 Concept of air Standard efficiency.
5.2 General assumptions for deriving air-standard efficiency.
5.3 Classification of cycles
5.4 Carnot (only gas) cycle.
5.5 Otto, Diesel and Dual Combustion cycle.
5.6 Brayton cycle
5.7 Refrigeration cycles:
- Reversed Carnot cycle
- Reversed Brayton cycle
5.8 Limitations and applications of above cycles.
5.9 Expression for thermal efficiency of above cycles (Examples)
5.10 Comparision between the above cycles on basis of following for same.
- Heat addition
- Compression ratio.
- Pressure and temperature.
6.0 STEAM AND TWO PHASE SYSTEM
6.1 Concept of two phase System.
6.2 P.V., T.S. and H.S. diagram of pure substance
6.3 Steam formation process on above diagrams .
6.4 Various quality and property of steam and the derivations of expression for enthalpy,
entropy and volumes.
6.5 Use of Steam tables and Molliear charts.
6.6 Throttling.
6.7 Determination of steam quality.
7. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. Objective Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 Classroom instructions Handouts, Examples
2. 2 — “ —- —”—-
3. 3 —”— —”—, Charts
4. 4. Classroom instructions Charts
Home Assignment
5. 5. —”—- Charts, Examples
6. 6. Classroom Instructions Chart, Handout
8. REFERENCES :
Sr. Name of Book Authors
No.
1. Thermodynamics for Engineers [Link]
2. Heat Engines [Link] & [Link]
3. Elements of Heat Engines Vol.I & II [Link] & Karamchandani
4. Heat Engines [Link]
5. Thermodynamics SAAD
6. Engineering Themodynamics [Link]
7. Applied Thermodynamics [Link]
8. Thermodynamics cycles & Processes Russel Hoyle & [Link]
9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
SR. TOPICS PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1 Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics 20
2 First Law of Thermodynamics 10
3 Second Law of Thermodynamics 10
4 Ideal Gases and Processes 20
5 Thermodynamic Cycles 20
6 Steam and Two Phase System 20
TOTAL 100
10. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Rathod
2. Prof. K. C. Patel
3. Prof. I.D. Patel
4. Prof.Y.C. Joshi
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM–305
COURSE NAME : THEORY OF MACHINES
1. RATIONALE :
Knowledge of this subject is essential in design, production and maintenance functions. The
students learn the fundamental principles and basic concept about various types of machines
and mechanism.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM - 305Theory of Machines 4 2 100 — 25 125
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1. Introduction 04 02 06
2. Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams 06 10 16
3. Cams and Cams Profiles 05 06 11
4. Friction 10 02 12
5. Power Transmission 06 04 10
6. Flywheel and Governors 06 02 08
7. Balancing and Vibrations 05 02 07
TOTAL 42 28 70
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES :
TRS : 1 : Design and modify simple machine elements.
EO’s
1.1 Describe different mechanisms. (Topic 1)
1.2 Prepare velocity and acceleration diagrams for given mechanisms. (Topic 2)
1.3 Explain functions, types and applications of different cams and (Topic 3)
cam followers.
1.4 Construct cam profile from given data. (Topic 3)
1.5 Explain concept and applications of friction. (Topic 4)
1.6 Describe need, types and applications of power transmission. (Topic 5)
1.7 Discuss the need of flywheel and governors. (Topic 6)
1.8 Describe importance of balancing and vibration. (Topic 7)
NOTE :
The above mentioned TRS 1 will be finally achieved in course no. SM 505 (Design of
machine elements).
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
2. Describe an object, process or procedure.
3. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Different types of mechanisms.
1.2 Basic terminology related to machines and mechanisms.
1.3 Development of different mechanisms.
- Four bar mechanism.
- Slider crank mechanisms.
- Inversion.
2.0 VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION DIAGRAMS
2.1 Basic concept used in solving velocity and acceleration problems.
2.2 Approach to solve velocity and acceleration problems related to mechanisms using
- Graphical Method
- Klein’s Construction
3.0 CAMS AND CAM PROFILES
3.1 Introduction, function and types of cams and cam followers.
3.2 Types of motions and displacement for different types of cam and cam followers.
3.3 Construction of different types of cam profile for given data.
4.0 FRICTION
4.1 Introduction and basic concept of friction related to body motion on:
- Horizontal plane
- Inclined plane (up and down)
4.2 Appreciate the role of friction in thrust bearing, pivot bearing and collars, considering
uniform wear and uniform pressure.
4.3 Function and working of different types of clutches.
4.4 Types and working of simple friction brakes.
4.5 Different types of dynamometers, operational principles and working.
5.0 POWER TRANSMISSION
5.1 Introduction, need, modes and applications.
5.2 Rope and belt drive system of power transmission, Terminology, Ratio of tensions,
Effect of centrifugal forces and initial tension.
5.3 Power transmission by gear trains, types and application.
6.0 FLY WHEEL AND GOVERNOR
6.1 Turning moment diagram, Use, T.M. diag. for different machines and torque
determination.
6.2 [Link] of fluctuation of speed and energy .
6.3 Flywheel : Functions , types and moment of inertia and weight calculation.
6.4 Governor : functions, types and terminology associated.
7.0 BALANCING AND VIBRATION
7.1 Concept, types of balancing, Balancing of masses revolving in the same plane.
(only description)
7.2 Terminology of vibration, causes and remedies of vibration.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
Term work will consits of report - writing and Preparation of drawing sheets.
(A) WRITE REPORTS ON :
A-1 (i) Four bar chain mechanism - single slider crank mechanism - 2 Hrs
Double slider crank mechanism - and their inversion.
(ii) Data of drawing sheet and calculation for sheet no (1) and (2) 2 Hrs
(iii) Data of drawing sheet and calculation for sheet no (3) 2 Hrs
A-2 Calculation of frictional torque and power from given data assuming 2 Hrs
uniform wear and uniform pressure condition.
A-3 Example on belt drive and gear drive. 4 Hrs
A-4 Types of Turning moment diagram and example on calculation of fly 2 Hrs
wheel weight.
A-5 Data of drawing sheet and calculation for sheet no.(4). 2 Hrs
A-6 Balancing and vibration. 2 Hrs
(B) PREPARE DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO 1 : 2 Problems on single slider crank - mechanism. 2 Hrs
(Relative -velo- method).
SHEET NO 2 : 2 Problems on single slider crank Mechanism 2 Hrs
(By Klein’s construction method)
SHEET NO 3 : 2 Problems on four bar chain mechanism 2 Hrs
SHEET NO 4 : 2 Problems on drawing cam profile(for Knife edge 4Hrs
and Roller types followers - offset type)
8. SUGGESTIVE INSRTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. No. No. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Models,
2. 1.2 T.W. Exercises
Home Assignment
3. 1.3 Classroom instructions —”—-
4. 1.4 T.W. Exercises
5. 1.5 Classroom instructions Examples, Handouts
Home Assignment
6. 1.6 Classroom Instructions Examples, Handouts
Home assignment Models
Demonstration
7. 1.7 Classroom Instructions Charts, Models
Demonstrations
Problem solving
8. 1.8 Classroom Instructions
Home assignment
9. REFERENCES :
1. Theory of Machines Jagdishlal
2. Theory of Machines [Link] & [Link]
3. Theory of Machines Abdulla Shariff
4. Theory of Machines Shah & Jadvani
5. Theory of Machines Simplified [Link]
6. Theory of Machines [Link]
7. Theory of Machines [Link]
8. Theory of Machines [Link], [Link] & [Link]
9. Technical Dynamics [Link], [Link] & [Link]
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Introduction 10
2. Velocity and Acceleration Diagram 15
3. Cams and Cams Profiles 10
4. Friction 20
5. Power Transmission 20
6. Flywheel and Governors 15
7. Balancing and Vibrations 10
TOTAL 100 %
[Link] GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Pancholi
2. Prof. R. B. Gupta
3. Prof. R.R. Trivedi,
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM–306
COURSE NAME : MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY

1. RATIONALE :
This subject provides knowledge regarding different types of materials which is required
for manufacturing varieties of products. Two topics i.e. Powder metallurgy and Surface
coatings are added as they are related with materials and equally useful for manufactur-
ers.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM-306 Materials 3 2 100 — 25 125
Technology
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1 Introduction and Properties of Materials 3 — 3
2 Metallurgical Consideration of Metals 8 14 22
3 Ferrous Metals and its Alloys 7 — 7
4 Non- Ferrous Metal and its Alloys 4 — 4
5 Non Metallic Materials 4 — 4
6 Heat Treatment 6 10 16
7 Selection and Specification of Materials 2 2 4
8 Non Destructive Testing 2 2 4
9 Powder Metallurgy 4 — 4
10 Surface Coatings 2 — 2
TOTAL 42 28 70
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND EO’S :
TRS 1. Select appropriate material for industrial application.
EO’s 1.1 Describe different Engineering materials suitable for (Topic 1,3,4,5,7)
Industrial application.
1.2 Identifyappropriate material for given Industrial application. (Topic 3,4,5,7)
TRS 2. Justify proper heat treatment processes for industrial products.
EO’s 2.1 Identify different heat treatment processes for industrial products.(Topic 6)
2.2 Select appropriate heat treatment process for industrial products. (Topic 6)
TRS 3. Use appropriate Non-destructive testing (NDT) methods for manufactured
parts.
EO’s 3.1 Describe different NDT methods. (Topic 8)
3.2 Recognise the need of NDT methods of testing. (Topic 8)
3.3 Select appropriate NDT method for manufactured parts. (Topic 8)
TRS 4. Discuss the process of manufacturing parts by powder metallurgy.
EO’s 4.1 Describe different powder metallurgy aspects and process. (Topic 9)
4.2 Explain powder metallurgy process for manufacturing any (Topic 9)
industrial components.
TRS 5. Propose proper anti corrosive coating process for industrial components.
EO’s 5.1 Identify different anticorrosive processes. (Topic 10)
5.2 Select appropriate anticorrosive processes for
industrial components. (Topic 10)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Explain salient features of products/ processes.
2. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
3. Counsel people in work situations.
4. Describe an object, process or procedure.
5. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. Write reports on experiments conducted in laboratories/workshops/ and reports
on field and industrial visits.
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 INTRODUCTION AND PROPERTIES OF ENGINEERING MATE-
RIAL.
1.1 Introduction, need, classification of metals and non-metals.
1.2 Materials Properties.
- Mechanical
- Chemical Properties
- Thermal Properties
- Electrical / Electromagnetic
2.0 METALLURGICAL CONSIDERATION OF METALS
2.1 The concept of crystalline structure of metal, B.C.C., F.C.C., H.C.P.
2.2 The concept of solidification of metals, Crystal, grain, grain boundaries,
dendritic solidification, effect of cooling rates on material properties.
2.3 Preparation of microspecimen and using a metallurgical microscope.
2.4 Equilibrium diagrams
2.5 T.T.T. Curve.
2.6 Iron-carbon equilibrium diagram and its characteristic.
3.0 FERROUS METALS AND ITS ALLOYS
3.1 Introduction and classification of ferrous metals.
3.2 Flow diagram for production of Iron and steel.
3.3 Ferrous metals - composition, Properties and uses.
3.4 Alloying of metals.
3.5 I.S. coding of alloy steels.
3.6 Introduction of sponge iron, properties and application.
3.7 Micro structures study of ferrous metals.
4.0 NON FERROUS METALS AND ITS ALLOYS
4.1 Role of non ferrous metals and its alloys related to engineering field.
4.2 Types, properties and capability of copper alloys.
4.3 Types, Properties and capability of aluminium alloys.
4.4 Types, properties and capability of bearing metals.
4.5 Microstructure study of all non ferrous metals.
5.0 NON METALLIC MATERIALS
5.1 Introduction and study of non metallic material
- Plastic, rubbers, ceramic, refractories, insulators abrasives, lubricants,
adhesives, fibre and teflon.
- Composite materials.
6.0 HEAT TREATMENT
6.1 Introduction to heat treatment and various types of Heat treatment processes.
6.2 Study of quenching medias and their properties.
7.0 SELECTION AND SPECIFICATION OF MATERIALS
7.1 Types of commercially available materials.
7.2 Specification of metals as per B.I.S.
7.3 Factors to be considered while selecting material.
8.0 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
8.1 Principle, procedure and application of various non-destructive testing methods.
9.0 POWDER METALLURGY
9.1 Basic concept of powder metallurgy and its application merits, demerits.
9.2 Manufacturing process of powder metallurgy.
10.0 SURFACE COATINGS
10.1 Needs and scope of surface coatings.
10.2 Types of surface coatings and applications.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
(1) Demonstration of Microscope.
(2) Demonstration of Heat treatment furnace.
(3) Perform hardening process on steel component.
(4) Prepare a microspecimen and examine it.
(5) Prepare a report of microstructure of ferrous metals based on microscopic
examination.
(6) Prepare a report of micro structure of non ferrous metals based on microscopic
examination.
(7) Prepare a comparative report on hardness of components varing quenching
media and temperature.
(8) Identify materials of the given specimens.
(9) Demonstration / Industrial visit on non destructive testing.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRAGEGIES :
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. No. No. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts
2. 1.2 —”—- Charts, Examples
3. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions Charts
Transparencies
4. 2.2 Classroom instructions
Lab. Experience
5. 3. 3.1 Classroom instructions Video cassettes,
Demonstration Charts
6. 3.2 Classroom instructions
Industrial visit
7. 3.3 —”—-
8. 4. 4.1 Classroom instructions Handouts
9. 4.2 —”—- —”—-
10. 5. 5.1 —”—- —”—-
5.2 —”—- —”—-
9. REFERENCES :
1. Materials & Metallurgy - G.B.S. Narang
2. Workshop Technology Vol.I - Hajara & Chaudhary.
3. Material Science & Processes - [Link]
4. Elements of Engg. Metallurgy - [Link]
5. Elements of Metallurgy - [Link]
6. Heat Treatment of Metals - Zakharov
7. B.I.S. for material
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1 Introduction and Properties of Materials 10
2 Metallurgical Consideration of Metals 20
3 Ferrous Metals and its Alloys 15
4 Non- Ferrous Metal and its Alloys 10
5 Non Metallic Materials 10
6 Heat Treatment 15
7 Selection and Specification of Materials 05
8 Non Destructive Testing 05
9 Powder Metallurgy 05
10 Surface Coatings 05
TOTAL 100 %
11. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Pancholi
2. Prof. R. B. Gupta
3. Prof. R.R. Trivedi,
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : S-401
COURSE NAME : ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
1. RATIONALE :
The emerging concept of self reliance at individual and national level - has significant
impact on current developing economy. Future social expectations towards engineering pro-
fessionals would be certainly as job creators and not as purely job seekers. Upgraded techno-
logical and changing economical environment has opened up wide horizons of business areas-
including in service sectors too.
This course deals with the key concern areas of entrepreneurship development. Entre-
preneurship is now not limited to manufacturing activities only. This encompasses service
sectors also. The course is directed to help students to develop and shape their creativity and
to understand peripherial influencing aspects. The content will certainly help students to think
in a direction to establish an enterprise using fundamental know how. Risk Management and
case studies have also been added in the course to create awareness.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. S-401 Entrepreneurship 3 – 100 – – 100
Development
[Link] OF TEACHING :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC LECT.

NO. HOURS
1. Entrepreneurship development concept & scope 2
2. Facilities planning 8
3. SSI and its promotional agencies 4
4. Managing critical resources 8
5. Project planning and project report 6
6. Managing enterprise 6
7. Risk management 4
8. Case studies 4

Total 42
4. OBJECTIVES :
1. Explain enterpreneurship development
2. Select facilities for enterprise
3. Appraise with ISS and its promotional agencies.
4. Relate managing critical resources.
5. Prepare project report.
6. Comunicate with government and non-government bodies.
7. Create awareness on risk management.
8. Analyse different case studies.
5. TOPICS AND SUB–TOPICS :
TOPIC 1 : ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT — CONCEPT & SCOPE
Entrepreneurship development concept and need in context of changing globel environ-
ment; scope in local and global market; Desirable qualities of entrepreneur; relativity
importance; methods to cultivate, its role and need for success; Concept and impor-
tance of productivity, quality, cost consciousness and customers satisfaction & need
analysis, Types of enterprise.
TOPIC 2 : FACILITY PLANNING
Product (Physical and service both) selection :
Concept and importance, sources including national/international publications,
creativity and product selection; Competition-types and effect on product selection;
product selection process; new idea mortality curve; product development stages.
Process Selection :
Concept and importance; forms of transformation; transformation cost; factors affect-
ing process selection; technology life cycle; producibility-concept & importance; flex-
ibility
Facility location :
Concept, steps in facility location, factors affecting selection of location;
Facility layout and handling means :
Importance, objectives, types,
Capacity Planning :
Concept, need, importance, base, method to assess/estimate capacity; flexibility in ca-
pacity planning-need.
TOPIC 3 : SSI AND ITS PROMOTIONAL AGENCIES
SSI-definition, Government Policy—need and importance, Anciliary-Need and
importance, Promotional Agencies—their role and types of promotions, various
agencies.
TOPIC 4 : MANAGING CRITICAL RESOURCES
7.M resources; Managing finanace : terminology in finance management; concept of
balance sheet and funds flow statement; managing working capital—its importance;
sources of finance—types advantages and disadvantages; cost control & importance
and methods.
Managing human resource :
Organisation structure-types and suitability; criteria for recruitment and selection; need
for training and motivation; delegation of authority and span of control.
Materials Management :
Need, MRP, purchasing decisions and procedures; work controls and its importance;
JIT—Concept, importance and application;
Time Management :
Importance, Managing delivery schedule opportunity cost—concept and application;
Information Systems : need, importance, Communication channels and Media.
TOPIC 5 : PROJECT PLANNING AND PROJECT REPORT
Meaning of project planning and report; feasibility study; steps in project planning project
cost estimation; CVP relationship at different stages of operation; project execution;
preparing and submitting project report; interpret a project report.
TOPIC 6 : MANAGING ENTREPRISE
SWOT (strength, Weakness, opportunity and Threat) analysis—Meaning and impor-
tance; strategies to set and achieve goals; formal and non-formal aids, benifits to an
entreprise including financial; source—types of aids/benifits; leadership importance;
Dealing with Government/non Government bodies; Budgeting—need importance, Con-
trol and allocation, Marketing channels—need and selection criteria.
TOPIC 7. RISK MANAGEMENT :
Introduction; Concept of risk, uncertainity and certainity ; Decision making under risk;
Decision tree; Simulation; concept and application of sensitivity analysis; Decision making
under uncertainity; Methods to deal with uncertainity.
TOPIC 8. CASE STUDIES
Case studies of successful entrepreneur : important features; reasons for success;
Analysing success criteria; (at least two) case studies of failed entrepreneur : impor-
tance analyse failure criteria; suggest steps which could have been followed to im-
prove; (at least two).
6. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. No. Objective No. Instructional Strategy
1. 1 Input-cum-discussion video films, presentation by real life
entrepreneurs.
2. 2 Input-cum discussion meeting entrepreneurs.
3. 3 Input-cum discussion lecture by SSI personnel.
4. 4 Input-cum discussion field visites; Input session by banks,
video films.
5. 5 Input-cum-discussion study of project reports.
6. 6 Input-cum-discussion meeting with entrepreneurs.
7. 7 Input-cum-discussion success stories of entrepreneurs.
8. 8 Group discussion for successful and unsuccessful
entrepreneurs.
7. REFERENCES :
1. Developing Entrepreneurship - Pareek & CO. Learning systems
Delhi.
2. Entrepreneurship & Venture - Clifford and Bombak, Joseph R.
Management Momanso.
3. Planning an Industrial unit - J. N. Vyas.
4. Small Industries management - Karmakar M.B.
5. Manual for the preparation of industrial - UNIDO
feasibility studies
6. (a) Guidelnes for industries
Part - I - Policies & procedures Ministray of industries Govt. of India.
(b) Part - II - Scope and prospectus
7. New project opportunities - GITCO
series - I, II and III.
8. Project profile for reserved - Development commissioner SSI,
Items - VOl, I, II & III New Delhi.
9. Small scale industry - Ministry of Industry Govt. of India.
Policy & Perceptive
10. Dialogue with the Entrepreneur - GSFC
11. Import-Export Policy for SSI - Govt. of India.
12. Creativity - Pradeep Khandwala
8. ASSESSMENT SCHEME
SR NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Entrepreneurship development concept & scope 05
2. Facilities planning 20
3. SSI and Its promotional agencies 10
4. Managing critical resources 20
5. Project planning and project report 15
6. Managing enterprise 10
7. Risk management 10
8. Case studies 10
Total 100
9. RESOURCE GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Shri [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
3. Shri [Link]
(B) CDC FACULTY
1. Prof. [Link]
2. Shri [Link]
(C) TTTI FACULTY
1. Dr. M.K. Shrivastava
2. Ms. Shikha Lahiri
COURSE CODE : SM–402
COURSE NAME : STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
1. RATIONALE :
Knowledge of this subject is essential in Design, Production and Maintenance functions. The
students learn the fundamental principles and basic concept about various types of machines
and mechanisam.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total

1. SM - 402 Strength of Materials 3 2 100 — 25 125

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPICS NO OF HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1. Direct Stress and Strain. 12 02 14
2. Shear Force and Bending Moment 04 __ 04
3. Stresses in Beams 04 — 04
4. Deflection of Beams 04 02 06
5. Combined, Direct and Bending Stresses 04 — 04
6. Columns and Struts 02 04 06
7. Torsion and Springs 06 02 08
8. Principal Planes and Principal Stresses 02 04 06
9. Riveted and Welded Connections 02 — 02
10. Study of Materials 02 14 16
Total 42 28 70
4. OBJECTIVES :
1.0 Understand machine elements subjected to direct stresses.
2.0 Understand the stresses in pressure vessels.
3.0 Understand machine elements subjected to bending.
4.0 Understand machine elements subjected to direct and bending stress.
5.0 Understand machine elements subjected to direct twisting Moment.
6.0 Understand the effect of compound stresses.
7.0 Study various materials used in manufacturing of machine elements.
8.0 Study connection of different elements of machine.
5. COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS :
1. Describe an object, process or procedure
2. Write assignments (Classroom, library, home)
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 Direct Stress and Strain.
1.1 Types of stresses and strains.
- Direct stress : Tensile, compressive and shear.
- Linear Strain
- Lateral strain
- Shear strain
1.2 Relationship between stress and strain.
1.3 Hooke’s law and Modulus of elasticity.
1.4 Concept of ‘Composite Section ‘.
1.5 Effect of temperature on a material.
1.6 Type of loading and strain Energy concept.
1.7 Stresses in a thin wall cylinder.
2.0 Shear Force (SF) and Bending Moment (BM)
2.1 Terms associated with SF and BM.
2.2 SF and BM diagrams with typical loads for :
- Cantilever beam,
- Simply supported beam,
- Overhung beam
3.0 Stresses in Beams.
3.1 Moment of Inertia: Concept, parallel axis and perpendicular
axis theorem, moment of inertia for the symmetrical sections
like rectangular, circular, hollow rectangular, hollow circular, I-
section, T-section, C-section, etc.
3.2 Bending equation.
3.3 Stress distribution for various beam section.
4.0 Deflections of Beams.
4.1 Concept of slope and deflection.
4.2 Slope and deflection for
- Simply supported Beam
- Cantilever Beam.
5.0 Combined Direct and Bending Stresses
5.1 Effect of combined direct and bending.
5.2 Maximum and minimum stress diagram.
5.3 Limit of eccentricity and core of the sections.
6.0 Columns and Struts
6.1 Classifications, end conditions and various terms associated with Columns and Struts.
6.2 Euler’s formula to determine critical loads.
7. 0 Torsion and Springs
7.1 Theory associated with torsion.
7.2 Various terms associated with torsion.
7.3 Effect of torsion.
7.4 Relationship of Horse Power, Torque and RPM.
7.5 Stiffness of spring.
7.6 Types of spring
7.7 Effect of typical loads on spring : Helical and Leaf spring.
8.0 Principal planes and principal stresses
8.1 Concept of compound stress.
8.2 Mohr’s circle.
8.3 Concept of Resultant stress and Calculation.
8.4 Principal planes and principal stresses.
9.0 Riveted and Welded Connections
9.1 Type of Connections.
9.2 Differentiate between Riveted and Welded connection.
9.3 Concept of Joint for Riveted Connection.
9.4 Efficiency of Joint.
9.5 Type of welded connection.
9.6 Welded connection for typical standard sections.
10.0 Study of Materials
10.1 List of the materials used as machine elements.
10.2 Tabulation of typical strength of different materials.
10.3 Study of standard tests as per B.I.S.
10.4 Comparison of the materials with their utility point of view.
7. (A) LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
Sr. Name of Exp./Drg. Pract.
No. Hrs.
1. To demonstrate different end conditions of column and solve 02
numerical problems to find Euler’s crippling load.
2. Complex stress analysis by Mohr circle method by giving 04
graphic statics exercise.
3. Tensile test on mild steel 04
4. Hardness Test 04
5. Impact Test 02
6. Compression Test of C.I Steel,cement concrete cube and 04
other mechanical alloys.
TOTAL 20
Demonstration 08
GRAND TOTAL 28
(B) LIST OF DEMONSTRATIONS :
Often it would be required to reinforce theoretical studies in class room. An analysis of
curriculum has revealed the following demonstration in the subject.
Sr. Title of Demonstration Pract. Reinforcement of Concept/ Reference of
No. Hrs. Rule/Theory/Process Teaching aid
1. Thin Cylindrical Shells 02 Hoop & Longitudinal stress Model
2. Deflection of beams 02 Slope & deflection Relation Model
between simply supported &
cantilever beams
3. Columns & Struts 02 Effective Length as regards Model
to end conditions
4. Torsion 02 Deflection of springs no. of Model
turns etc.
Total 08 Hrs.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. Objective Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. No. strategy needed
1. 1 Classroom instructions Charts, Models,
Problem solving
Home Assignment
2. 2 — “ —- — “ —-
3. 3 Classroom instructions — “ —-
Problem solving
Home Assignment
4. 4. Classroom instructions Models, Charts
Problem solving
Home Assignment
5. 5. — “ —- — “ —-
6. 6. — “ —- — “ —-
7. 7. Classroom Instructions — “ —-
Demonstrations, Home
assignment, Lab Experiences
8. 8. Classroom Instructions — “ —-
Demonstration
9. REFERENCES :
Sr. Name of Book Authors
No.
1. Strength of materials [Link]
2. Strength of materials [Link]
3. Applied mechanics S.B Junnarkar
4. Mechanics of structure S.B Junnarkar
5. Strength of materials Vajirani & Ratwani
6. Strength of materials Dr. B.C. Punmia
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
Topic Name of Topics Percentage
No. Weightage
1. Direct Stress and Strain. 25
2. Shear Force and Bending Moment 10
3. Stresses in Beams 10
4. Deflection of Beams 10
5. Combined Direct and Bending Stress 10
6. Columns and Struts 05
7. Torsion and Springs 15
8. Principal Planes and Principal Stresses 05
9. Riveted and Welded Connections 05
10. Study of Materials 05
Total 100 %
11. RESOURCE GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Prof. [Link]
2. Prof. [Link]
3. Prof. [Link]
(B) C.D.C. FACULTY
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
(C) [Link]. FACULTY
1. Prof. S.K. Saxena
2. Prof. [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM–403
COURSE NAME : MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II

1. RATIONALE :
This subject provides knowledge regarding different methods of machining metals. It also
provides situation to appreciate behaviour of metal and change in it during process. The
subject also develops safety consciousness.
2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :
SR. CODE NAME OF L P Exam. Scheme
NO. NO COURSE Th. Prac/oral T.W. Total
1. SM - 403 Manufacturing 4 4 100 — 50 150
Process- II
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS
NO. LECT PRACT TOTAL
1. Fundamentals of Metal Removal Processes 06 12 18

2. Kinematics of Machines 04 02 06

3. Basic Machine Tools 22 28 50

4. Capstan and Turret Lathe 06 06 12

5. Cutting Tools 08 04 12

6. Presses and Press Tools 10 04 14

Total 56 56 112

4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES :

TRS-1 Select and use suitable conventional machine tools for given job.
EO’s 1.1 List and explain working principle of different conventional (Topic 3,4)
machine tools.
1.2 Develop the specifications of required conventional machine tools. (Topic 3,4)
1.3 Manipulate and use suitable conventional machine tools for a (Topic 3,4)
given job.
TRS-2 Select and use suitable cutting tools for given job conditions.
EO’s 2.1 List and describe various cutting tools used in conventional (Topic 5)
machine tools.
2.2 Evaluate various tool materials, their properties and applications. (Topic 5)
2.3 Manipulate and use suitable cutting tools for given job and (Topic 5)
conditions.
TRS-3 Differentiate the press tools on the basis of their applications.
EO’s 3.1 Describe the working principle of press tools. (Topic 6)
3.2 Explain the various press tools operations and their applications. (Topic 6)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Explain salient features of products/ processes.
2. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
3. Follow written or oral instructions and interpret them to others.
4. Counsel people in work situations.
5. Describe an object, process or procedure.
6. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :
1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF METAL REMOVAL PROCESSES.
1.1 Various method of metal removal processes.
1.2 Differentiate between forming and generating processes.
1.3 Movements of tool,job,slides and chuck during cutting operation.
1.4 Mechanism of cutting action .
1.5 Chip formation.
1.6 Orthogonal and oblique cutting.
1.7 Forces acting on tool and chip.
1.8 Functions and types of chip Breakers.
1.9 Cutting fluid- Basic need,types,properties and its application.
1.10 Influence of cutting variables on quality, economy and mass production.
1.11 Material removal rate.
2.0 KINEMATICS OF MACHINES
2.1 Definition and concept.
2.2 Various kinematic examples.
2.3 Common features of all machine tools.
2.4 Machine tool elements, drives and controls.
2.5 Motion transmission.
2.6 Principle of setting speed and feed.
3.0 BASIC MACHINE TOOLS

3.1 Define and classify basic machine tools.

3.2 Types, constructional features,transmissions, working principle. (using block

diagram also),detailed specification, various mechanism used,selection

criteria and applications of following basic machine tools.

* Lathe Machine * Drilling Machine

* Milling Machine * Shaping Machine

* Slotting Machine * Planning Machine

* Boring Machine

3.3 Safety precautions.

4.0 CAPSTAN AND TURRET LATHE

4.1 Constructional features and working principle .

4.2 Functions.

4.3 Difference between Capstan and Turret lathe.

4.4 Preparation of an operation sheet.

4.5 Merits and Demerits of Capstan and Turret lathe in comparision with basic
centre lathe.

4.6 Safety precautions.

5.0 CUTTING TOOLS

5.1 Cutting tools-types and application.

5.2 Tool geometry, tool material, tool parameters, its properties and composition.

5.3 Tool life, tool wear and machinability.

5.4 Relation between cutting speed and tool life.

5.5 Carbide tips, its need, applications and benifits.(As per ISO)

5.6 Resharpening of cutting tools.

6.0 PRESSES AND PRESS TOOLS
6.1 Classifications, constructional features,working and applications of Presses.
6.2 Driving mechanism and its application criterias.
6.3 Press tools - Punch, Die, constructional features, Die assembly,punch and Die
materials, clearance between punch and Die, Types of Dies and its specific
applications.
6.4 Press working - Various press working operations, its definition and field of
applications.
6.5 Safety precautions.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
1. Atleast FOUR experiments from following; (from metal cutting) 16 Hrs
- Grind single point Tool as per given geometry.
- Interpret the surface finish based on demonstration of
chip formation.
- Measure/compute cutting force.
- Measure tool life.
- Compare the effects of cutting parameters on types of chips,
surface finish and tool life based on demonstration.
2. Prepare a job on centre lathe as per the given drawing (Including 8 Hrs
plain turning, taper turning and grooving)
3. Prepare a job on centre lathe as per the given drawing (Including 12 Hrs
knurling, threading and boring)
4. Prepare a plain surface and inclined surface on shaping machine. 4 Hrs
5. Prepare a job using simple milling operations (Excluding 4 Hrs
gear tooth cutting.)
6. Prepare a Tool Lay-out of a given component on Capstan and 6 Hrs
Turret Lathe.
7. Write various applications of press tool during demonstration on 2 Hrs
Press-Tools (using Models of various die-sets/during visits).
8. Prepare a report on safety aspects followed in your work shop. 2 Hrs
9. Prepare a report on kinematics of machine tools. 2 Hrs
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :
Sr. TRS EO’s Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Transparencies,
Demonstrations Video-cassettes etc.
2. 1.2 — “ —- —”—-
3. 1.3 Workshop-Practice —”—-
4. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions Models, Charts,
Demonstration Transperancy
Video-Cassetts etc.
5. 2.2 Classroom Instructions Charts,Transparencies,
Video-Cassettes
6. 2.3 Workshop practice
7. 3. 3.1 Classroom Instructions Charts,
Demonstrations Video- cassettes etc.
8. 3.2 Demonstration Handout,Charts,
Transparencies
9. REFERENCES :
Sr. Name of Book Authors
No.
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes [Link]
2. Workshop Technology I & II Hazara Choudhary
3. Workshop Technology I & II Raghuwanshi
4. Workshop Technology I, II & III [Link]
5. Production Technology [Link]
6. Manufacturing Processes [Link]
7. Production Technology [Link] & [Link]
8. Workshop Technology I & II Gupta & Kaushik
9. Manufacturing Processes [Link]
10. Centre Lathe L.S.N. Gupta
11. All about machine tools Gerling
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :
TOPIC Name of Topics % Weightage
No.
1. Fundamentals of Metal Removal Processes 10
2. Kinematics of Machines 05
3. Basic Machine Tools 50
4. Capstan and Turret Lathe 10
5. Cutting Tools 10
6. Presses and Press Tools 15
Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. Y. R. Joshi
2. Prof. G.D. Acharya
3. Prof. H. D. Doshi
4. Prof. N.K. Lapsiwala
5. Prof. A.B. Rajyaguru
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-404
COURSE NAME : PLANT MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY

1. RATIONALE
The course provides working knowledge of how the different types of machine-
tools and equipment are maintained. After studying this course, he can also
carry out preventive maintenance of equipment,instruments,basic machine
tools. The students can prepare maintenance activities schedule based on
maintenance records. The students realises the importance of safety and how
saftey precautions are the taken in an industry to prevent accidents.
This course also provides the knowledge of foundation,erection and testing of
foundation, alignment of industrial equipment.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. CODE COURSE NAME L P EXAM SCHEME

NO. NO. TH. PRA. T.W. TOTAL
1. SM-404 Plant Maintenance 3 2 100 --- 25 125
and Safety

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction to Maintenance Engineering 05 - 05
2. Tribology 04 04 08
3. Corrosion and its Prevention 04 02 06
4. Recovery Methods for the Equipment 04 02 06
Maintenance.
5. Planning and Scheduling of Maintenance 04 02 06
Activities.
6. Maintenance 08 08 16
7. Preventive Maintenance 06 04 10
8. Industrial Safety 02 02 04
9. Condition Monitoring 01 02 03
10. Reconditioning and Retrofitting. 01 - 01
11. Installation and Testing of Industrial 03 02 05
Equipment.

Total 42 28 70
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES
TRS: 1. Maintain different types of machine tools and equipment.
EO’s
1.1 Illustrate concepts and types of maintenance methods. (Topic 1)
1.2 Use and maintain machine tools and equipment. (Topic 1,6)
TRS: 2. Carryout preventive maintenance of equipment, instruments and basic
machine tools as per manufacture’s service manual and inspection
records.
EO’s
2.1 Use preventive maintenance techniques as per manufacturer’s service
manual and inspection records. (Topic 7)

TRS: 3. Schedule the maintenance activities based on maintenance records.

EO’s
3.1 Identify and schedule maintenance activity. (Topic 5)
3.2 Carryout maintenance based on maintenance records. (Topic 6)
TRS: 4. Estimate maintenance cost.
EO’s
4.1 Calculate maintenance cost of a given equipment. (Topic 1)
TRS: 5. Use preventive measures against wear and corrosion.
EO’s
5.1 Take measures and recovery methods against wear and corrosion as per laid
down procedure. (Topic 2,3,4)
TRS: 6. Develop ability in enforcing safety observance in working.
EO’s
6.1 Use various personal protective equipment. (Topic 8)
6.2 Practice safety methods to avoid accidents. (Topic 8)
6.3 Follow safety rules for workers and machineries. (Topic 8)
TRS: 7. Acquire ability for getting work done such as erection, installation,
commissioning and testing of equipment/machineries in given situation.
EO’s
7.1 Get work done such as erection, installation, commissioning and testing of
equipment/machineries as per manufacturers recommendation. (Topic 11)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Follow written or oral instructions and interpret them to others.
2. Fill up various types of forms/formats and maintain records.
3. Write brief reports of various types(inspection, installation, commissioning,
progress report, test reports, trouble reports, status report of materials,
industrial visits, shift reports in log books etc.)
4. Compile and interpret process data periodically.

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS

TOPIC 1 INTRODUCTION TO MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING
1.1 Definition and aims of maintenance engineering.
1.2 Primary and secondary functions and responsibilities of maintenance department.
1.3 Types of maintenance.
1.4 Maintenance cost and its relation with replacement economy.
1.5 Service life of equipment.

TOPIC 2 TRIBOLOGY
2.1 Wear : Types, causes and effects.
2.2 Friction and its effect.
2.3 Wear reduction methods.
2.4 Lubricants and Lubrication procedure.
2.5 Bearing types and application.

TOPIC 3 CORROSION AND ITS PREVENTION

3.1 Corrosion, factors affecting the corrosion.
3.2 Types of corrosion.
3.3 Corrosion prevention methods.

TOPIC 4 RECOVERY METHODS FOR THE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

4.1 Recovery, methods of recovery.
4.2 Selection of recovery methods.
4.3 Life of Machine tools and equipment.

TOPIC 5 PLANNING AND SCHEDULING OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

5.1 Fault tracing, activities in fault finding.
5.2 Decision tree.
5.3 Sequence of fault finding activities shown as decision tree.
5.4 Draw a decision tree for mechanical and Hydraulic equipment.

TOPIC 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 Types of fault in Machine tools.
6.2 Periodic inspection.
6.3 Degreasing, cleaning and repairing scheme.
6.4 Overhauling of components.
6.5 Repair complexities and its use.
6.6 Maintenance of pumps, compressors and D.G. sets.

TOPIC 7 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.1 Preventive maintenance.
7.2 Steps and need of preventive maintenance.
7.3 Advantages.
7.4 Two major divisions of activities.
7.5 Frequency cycle.
7.6 Program and schedule of preventive maintenance.
7.7 Repair complexity.
7.8 Typical forms for preventive maintenance.
7.9 Aids to a good preventive maintenance, its type and effect on preventive
maintenance.

TOPIC 8 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY

8.1 Accident : causes, types, results and control.
8.2 Safety awareness.
8.3 Safety colour code.
8.4 Mechanical and electrical hazards.
8.5 Methods of safe guarding the machine and equipment.
8.6 Fire prevention and fire fighting methods.
8.7 Safety training.
8.8 Duties of safety inspector, boiler inspector and fire officer.
TOPIC 9 CONDITION MONITORING
9.1 Need, scope and application of Condition Monitoring.
TOPIC 10 RECONDITIONING AND RETROFITTING OF MACHINE TOOLS
10.1 Reconditioning : advantages, process, features and fundamental activities.
10.2 Retrofitting : concept, need and application.
TOPIC 11 INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
11.1 Foundation :effect and design, foundation materials, size and plan of foundation.
11.2 Erection and application of erection equipment.
11.3 Testing and aligning methods used for industrial equipment.

7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
(1) Demonstration of assembly and disassembly
- Rules - Sequence of disassembly operation
- Cleaning - Inspection measuring
- Recovery methods - Testing
(2) Measure amount of wear on a given components.
(3) Select appropriate recovery method by use of any one of the following:
(a)Gas or arc welding (c) Metalizing or plating
(b)Metal spraying (d) By applying adhesive
(4) Attend reported break down machine.
(5) Prepare a decision tree for fault finding for any case given below:
- Bicycle - Boiler - Electric motor
- [Link] - I.C. Engines - Compressor
- Hydraulic pump
(6) Prepare a planning and scheduling of maintenance activities for
typical workshop by using computer.
(7) Demonstrate the hydraulic drive of a machine tool and enumerate the
salient points of maintenance aspect.
(8) Prepare a preventive maintenance schedule of the typical workshop.
(9) Demonstrate the use of fire fighting equipment.
(10) Given situation/accident conditions select the first aid treatment
given to victimised.
(11) Demonstrate the foundation for any one from the following:
(a) Machine tool (b) Compressor (c) I.C. engine
(12) Prepare a test chart of a newly installed or repaired machine tool.
(13) Demonstrate D.G. set maintenance aspect during Industrial visit.
(14) Collect information and prepare a report regarding tribology practice (lubrication
methods, bearings etc.) in various industries (Industrial visit).
(15) Collect information and prepare report on condition monitoring techniques
caused in industry (Industrial visit).

8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

S r. T R S EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks

No. NO. NO. strategy needed

1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP,

Video-cassettes etc.
2. 1.2 [Link] ------

3. 2 2.1 [Link] Manufacturer's Service Menual

4. 3 3.1 Classroom instruction Charts, OHP,

Video-cassettes etc.

5. 3.2 [Link] ------

6. 4 4.1 Classroom instruction ------

[Link]

7 5 5.1 Classroom instruction Video-cassettes OHP.

[Link]

8 6 6.1 Classroom instructio n Video-cassettes OHP

Demonstration Safety Manual

9 6.2 ----"----- ---"----

10 6.3 ---"----- ---"---

11 7 7.1 Classroom instructio n ManuFacturer's

Lab Practice Manual
9. REFERENCES
(1) Maintenance Engineering Handbook Higgins & Merrow
(2) Maintenance Engineering [Link]
(3) Maintenance of Machine Tools Gilbirg & Merrow
(4) Handbook of Machine Foundation P. Shrinivasulu C.V. Vaidyanathan
(5) Pump Handbook Karassik, Krutzch, Fraser, M. G.H.
(6) Occupational Safety Management and Willie Flammer
Engineering
(7) Foundation Engineering Handbook Winterkorn, Hans
(8) Foundation Design and Practice Seelye, Eiwyne
(9) Pump-Hydraulic Compressors Audels
(10) Safety and good house keeping N.P.C.([Link])
(11) Safety Education W. Wayne Worick
(12) Factory Act 1948
(13) Boiler Act 1951(I.B.R.)

(14) Erection and Installation of Mir Publication

Metallurgical Plant
(15) Corrosion handbook.
10. ASSESSMENTS SCHEME

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC %WEIGHTAGE

NO.
1. Introduction to Maintenance Engineering 10
2. Tribology 10
3. Corrosion and its prevention 10
4. Recovery methods for the equipment 10
maintenance.
5. Planning and scheduling of maintenance 10
activities.
6. Maintenance 15
7. Preventive maintenance 10
8. Industrial safety 05
9. Condition monitoring 05
10. Reconditioning and Retrofitting. 05
11. Installation and testing of industrial 10
equipment.

Total 100
[Link] GROUP

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :

1. Prof. Y. R. Joshi
2. Prof. G.D. Acharya
3. Prof. H. V. Doshi
4. Prof. N.K. Lapsiwala
5. Prof. A.B. Rajyaguru
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji

(C) TTTI FACULTY :

1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-405
COURSE NAME : METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION
1. RATIONALE
The students of Mechanical Engineering branch are basically responsible for
manufacturing various material components in shops as per given size and
accuracy as well as they are also working as supervisor in processing
industries. Today the industrial processing and manufacturing techniques have
become complex and complicated and their control is very much difficult by
human judgment only. Therefore, the exact and precise measurements are the
basic need of the industries.
This course of Metrology & Instrumentation, therefore, provides/creates self
confidence and helps working on shop floor independently for accurate and
precise measurements.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. CODE NAME OF COURSE Exam. Scheme

NO. NO. L P Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM-405 Metrology and Instrumention 4 4 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction 3 — 03
2. Linear Measurement 5 16 21
3. Angular Measurement 5 08 13
4. Testing of Straightness, 4 04 08
Flatness and Squareness
5. Assessment of Surface 4 04 08
Roughness
6. Screw Thread Measurement 4 04 08
7. Gear Measurement 4 04 08
8. Limit Gauges 4 04 08
9. Static Characteristics 2 — 02
of Measuring Instruments
10. Transducers 5 — 05
11. Temperature Measurement 4 04 08
12. Pressure Measurement 4 — 04
13. Flow Measurement 3 04 07
14. Automatic Control 3 — 03
15. Calibration of Instruments 2 04 06
Total 56 56 112
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS & ENABLING OBJECTIVES
TRS: 1. Manipulate various measuring and gauging instruments.
EO’s
1.1 Use various linear, angular, gear, screw thread, surface roughness measuring
instruments and gauges. (Topic 2,3,5,6,7,8)
1.2 Inspect squareness, straightness, flatness, roundness for the given specimen.
(Topic 4,5)
1.3 Use transducers for measurement of temperature, pressure and flow.
(Topic 10,11,12,13)
1.4 Select automatic controls for the system. (Topic 14)
TRS: 2. Compare the various standard calibration procedure of the given
instrument.
EO’S
2.1 Demonstrate the standard procedure of calibration for the given instrument.
(Topic 15)
2.2 Select the calibration procedure for the given instrument. (Topic 15)

5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS:
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes (or more).
2. Counsel people in work situations.
3. Describe an object, process or procedure.
4. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
5. Write reports on experiments conducted in laboratories/ workshops/ and reports
on field and industrial visits.
6. Defend findings and reports presented.

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS

TOPIC:1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Need of inspection in industry.
1.2 Classification and functions of inspection including centralised and decentralised
inspection.
1.3 Relationship between inspection and metrology.
1.4 Elements of measurement and factors affecting,
1.5 Need and importance of standard and specification.
1.6 Relationship between interchangability and selective assembly.
1.7 Understand the fundamental linear measuring unit.
1.8 Concepts of computer aided inspection,working system and applications.
TOPIC:2 LINEAR MEASUREMENT
2.1 Use of gauge blocks. (As per IS)
2.2 Direct and indirect measuring instruments including digital type measuring
instruments (All types of instruments must be included)
2.3 Errors in measurements.
2.4 Working and use of dial indicator.
2.5 Working of various comparators.
2.6 Selection of instrument for given situation.
TOPIC:3 ANGULAR MEASUREMENT
3.1 Universal Bevel protectors, angle gauges, sine bar, spirit level.
3.2 Electronic level, clinometers, auto collimator, photo electric auto collimation.
3.3 Angle decker and taper gauges.
TOPIC:4 TESTING OF STRAIGHTNESS, FLATNESS AND SQUARENESS
4.1 Concept of straightness, flatness, squareness and roundness
4.2 Testing of straightness, flatness, squareness and roundness.
TOPIC:5 ASSESSMENT OF SURFACE ROUGHNESS
5.1 Terminology associated with surface roughness.
5.2 Surface roughness testing systems and direct and indirect measuring instruments
for the same.
5.3 Measurement of surface roughness, computation of typical profile.
5.4 Relationship of machining processes and surface texture.
TOPIC:6 SCREW THREAD MEASUREMENT
6.1 Terminology associated with screw thread measurement.
6.2 Measurement methods of external and internal thread elements.
6.3 Study of all type of thread measuring instruments.
TOPIC:7 GEAR MEASUREMENT
7.1 Terminology associated with gear measurements.
7.2 Various methods of measuring gear elements.
7.3 Gear tooth vernier caliper, Parkinson’s gear tester, David Brown gear tooth form
testing.
7.4 Tool room microscope as projection method for small gear.
7.5 Involute curve checking.
TOPIC:8 LIMITS GAUGES
8.1 Concept of gauging,types and uses of gauges.
8.2 Use of various gauges.
8.3 Given a situation to be gauged, suggest the suitable type of gauges.
TOPIC:9 STATIC CHARACTERISTICS OF MEASURING INSTRUMENT
9.1 Accuracy and precision
9.2 Reproducibility, sensitivity,threshold and resolution.
TOPIC:10 TRANSDUCERS
10.1 Concept of generalised measuring system
10.2 Transducers types, working principles and its applications.
TOPIC:11 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
11.1 Principles of temp. measuring devices,
11.2 Application of bimetal thermometer, pressure spring thermometer, resistance
thermometer, thermister, thermocouple, pyrometer.
11.3 Errors in temperature measurement.
11.4 Given a situation suggest suitable temperature measuring device, stating
reasons for selection.
TOPIC:12 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
12.1 Pressure measuring devices - types, applications,and its constructional details.
12.2 Use of manometers, elastic gauges and pressure transducers.
TOPIC:13 FLOW MEASUREMENT
13.1 Classification of flow measuring devices.
13.2 Use of various volumetric meters.
13.3 Application of obstruction meters.
13.4 Special methods of flow measurements.
13.5 Given a situation, select proper flow measuring device and justify it.
TOPIC:14 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
14.1 Meaning, general aspects and application of automatic control.
14.2 Automatic control system such as open loop control, feed back control, on
off control and proportional control.
14.3 Control responses such as pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronics.
TOPIC:15 CALIBRATION OF INSTRUMENTS
15.1 Need of calibration.
15.2 Various standard procedures for calibration of instruments.
15.3 Calibration procedure of the given instrument.

7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
1. Measure external dimensions with the help of Vernier Caliper and Outside
Micrometer.
2. Measure internal dimensions with the help ofinside Micrometer and Telescopic
gauge.
3. Compare external measurement done by Vernier Caliper, Vernier dial Caliper
and Outside micrometer.
4. Compare internal measurement done by Vernier Caliper, Vernier dial Caliper,
Telescopic gauge and Inside micrometer.

5. Measure angle between different planes by using Bevel Protractor.

6. Measure angle between two planes with the help of Sine bar and Slip gauges.
7. Measure root diameter of different threads by Screw thread micrometer.
8. Measure different elements of gear by using Gear tooth vernier caliper.
9. Compute typical profile of surface roughness.
10. Measure flow with Venturimeter.
11. Measure temperature of Hot body with the help of Thermocouple.
12. Measure roundness of Circular bar with Dial gauge and draw a polardiagram.
13. Inspect similar fifty pieces by Plug gauge / Snap gauge.
14. Calibrate Vernier caliper / Outside micrometer.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

Sr. TRS EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks

No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Instruments,
[Link] Video-cassettes etc.
2. 1.2 --- " --- ---"---

3. 1.3 ---"---- ---"---

4. 1.4 Classroom instruction

Industrial visit Charts

5. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions ------

[Link]
6. 2.2 ---"--- -------

9. REFERENCES
1. Engineering Metrology [Link]
2. Mechanical and Industrial Measurement [Link]
3. Metrology and Instrumentation Tahir
4. Metrology and Instrumentation Gupta
5. Mechanical Measurement [Link]
& [Link]
6. Handbook of Dimensional Measurement Francis T. Fargo
7. Gear Metrology [Link]
8. Practical Engineering Metrology [Link], Pitman
9. Industrial Instrumentation Donald A. Eckman
10. Instrumentation - Pressure & Liquid level F.E. Doyle.
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC % WEIGHTAGE
NO.
1. Introduction 05
2. Linear measurement 15
3. Angular Measurement 10
4. Testing of straightness, 05
flatness and squareness
5. Assessment of surface roughness 05
6. Screw thread measurement 10
7. Gear measurement 05
8. Limit gauges 05
9. Static characteristics 05
of measuring instruments
10. Transducers 10
11. Temperature measurement 05
12. Pressure measurement 05
13. Flow measurement 05
14. Automatic control 05
15. Calibration of instruments 05
Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. D. M. Patel
2. Prof. [Link]
3. Prof. D. S. Dave
4. Prof. P. C. Bhavsar
5. Prof. A. M. Talsaniya
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-501
COURSE NAME: MACHINE TOOLS TECHNOLOGY

1. RATIONALE :
The course provides working knowledge of production machine tools. It
develops awareness regarding economic aspect in production, means to
achieve it. Students are made familiar with recent trends in various machine
tools and machining.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :

SR. CODE COURSE NAME L P Exam. Scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM- 501 MACHINE TOOLS
TECHNOLOGY 4 4 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS

NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL

1. Grinding and Super Finishing Processes 7 8 15

2. Gear Manufacturing and Finishing Processes 4 8 12
3. Thread Production Methods 4 12 16

4. Broaching Machine 3 - 03
5. Jig boring Machine 3 4 07
6. Single and Multi Spindle Automats 3 4 07
7. Special Purpose Machine 3 - 03
8. Non-Conventional Methods of Machining 6 - 06
9. Jig and Fixture 7 8 15
10. CNC Machines 8 12 20
11. Computer Integrated Manufacturing 8 - 08

Total 56 56 112
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS & ENABLING OBJECTIVES :

TRS:1 Select and use production and tool room machine tools.
EO’s
1.1 Identify machine tools for producing given job. (Topic 1 to 6)
1.2 Identify machine tools for a given job in tool room. (Topic 1 to 6)
1.3 Use machine tools for producing a job in production and tool room.
(Topic 1 to 6)
TRS: 2 Discriminate appropriate non-conventional machining process.
EO’s
2.1 Describe working principle of various non-conventional methods of machining.
(Topic 8)
2.2 Identify the appropriate method of non-conventional machining process.
(Topic 8)
TRS:3. Use Jigs and Fixtures for production jobs.
EO’s
3.1 Differentiate jigs and fixtures on the basis of construction,
design and applications. (Topic 9)
3.2 Identify jigs and fixtures for productions jobs. (Topic 9)
3.3 Identify the materials used in fabrication of jigs and fixtures. (Topic 9)
3.4 Use jigs and fixtures for production jobs.
TRS: 4 Use proper software and hardware for CAM.
EO’s
4.1 Identify software and hardware for CAM. (Topic 10)
4.2 Use the software and hardware for CAM. (Topic 10)

Note :-
We are developing some manual skills on some of the machines available
in Polytechnics. However on the remaining specialised machines intellectual
skills have been developed. It is therefore suggested to arrange number of
visits in industries.
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes(or more).
2. Face oral examinations confidently.
3. Describe an object, process or procedure.

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS :

1.0 GRINDING AND SUPERFINISHING PROCESSES

1.1 Cutting action of Grinding Wheel.

1.2 Grinding Wheels
- Types
- Nomenclature
- Selection criteria
- Applications.
1.3 Terms associated with Grinding wheel operations.
1.4 Grinding operations and Grinding machines :
definition, constructional features, working principles and applications of following
machine tools.
- Surface (rotary and sliding) grinding machines.
- Cylindrical (centreless-internal,external)grinding machines.
- Bench and portable grinder.
- Tool and cutter grinder.
- Profile grinding.
- Honning, Lapping and Superfinishing.

2.0 GEAR MANUFACTURING AND GEAR FINISHING PROCESSES

2.1 Generating and forming processes.
2.2 Gear forming methods.
2.3 Gear generating methods.
2.4 Gear finishing methods.

3.0 THREAD PRODUCTION METHODS

3.1 Various methods of thread productions, constructional features, their working
principles and applications.
4.0 BROACHING MACHINES
4.1 Need, constructional features, types and applications.
4.2 Broaching methods
4.3 Special features and comparison.

5.0 JIG BORING MACHINE

5.1 Need, constructional features, working principle and applications.
6.0 SINGLE SPINDLE AND MULTI SPINDLE AUTOMATS
6.1 Need, constructional features, working principle and applications.
7.0 SPECIAL PURPOSE MACHINE TOOLS
7.1 Need, factors affecting constructional design and applications.
7.2 Comparison of SPM with other automates.
8.0 NONCONVENTIONAL METHODS OF MACHINING
8.1 Need, constructional features, working principles and applications,.
(ECM, EDM, USM, ECG, AJM, Plasma beam, laser, plasma arc machining,
Electro beam machining, chemical machining.)
9.0 JIGS AND FIXTURES
9.1 Definition, types and constructional features.
9.2 Principle of location and clamping.
9.3 Principle of Jig and Fixture design.
9.4 Types and selection of locators, clamps (including hydraulic and pneumatics),
jig bushes and their materials.
9.5 Selection of jigs and fixtures .
10.0 CNC MACHINES
10.1 Evolution of CNC, definitions of NC, CNC, CAM and DNC.
10.2 Need of CNC.
10.3 Concept of numerical control.
10.4 Selection criteria for CNC.
10.5 Methods of machine controls.
10.6 Constructional features of CNC.
10.7 Classifications of CNC Machines.
10.8 Various motors and controls used .
10.9 Details and explanations of all axes, types of tool paths.
10.10 CNC part programming.
10.11 Turning centre and machining centre.
10.12 Automatic tool and pallet changing.
10.13 Various operations done on CNC lathe and milling.

11.0 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

11.1 Need and definition.
11.2 Group technology.
11.3 Manufacturing cell and cellular manufacturing concepts.
11.4 Transfer line - concept, need, system features, controls, merits and demerits.
11.5 AGV - Automated guided vehicle.
11.6 Robotics.
11.7 FMS - Flexible Manufacturing System.
11.8 CAD - Computer Aided Design.
11.9 CADD- Computer Aided Drafting and Design.
11.10 CAPP- Computer Aided Process Planning.
11.11 CAE - Computer Aided Engineering.
11.12 CAI- Computer Aided Inspection.
11.13 Auto measuring.
11.14 IMS (Intelligent Manufacturing System).
11.15 Computer Graphics.
11.16 FOF- Factory Of Future.
(Only overall knowhow should be given of all above)
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES :
(1) Resharpen given single point tool on bench grinder. Prepare
a report including grinding methods and tool signature. 4 Hrs
(2) Prepare a spur/helical gear on milling machine. 8 Hrs
(3) Prepare a multi start/square thread job. 8 Hrs
(4) Prepare composite job which includes turning, milling, drilling, shaping,
boring, threading, slotting, grinding, etc...(Available all major operations).
and prepare a report on process planning and route sheet with shop
floor layout for given composite job. 16 Hrs
(5) Develop alternatives for suitable locating points and clamping
device and jig for given job. 4 Hrs

(6) Develop alternatives for suitable locating points and clamping

devices of fixture for given job. 4 Hrs
(7) Prepare a CNC part programme for given simple component. 12 Hrs
(8) Industrial visit to clear concepts of this course and prepare a report.

8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :

Sr. TRS EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Transparencies,
Demonstrations Video-cassettes etc.
2. 1.2 --- " --- ---"---

3. 1.3 Workshop practice, ---"---

industrial visit
4. 2. 2.1 Classroom instructions Video-cassettes, OHP

5. 2.2 ---"--- ---"---

6. 3. 3.1 Classroom Instructions OHP, Handouts,

Video- cassettes etc.

7. 3.2 ---"--- ---"---

8. 3.3 ----"---- ---"---

9. 3.4 Workshop practice, ------
industrial visit
10. 4. 4.1 Classroom instructions Video-cassettes, OHP
[Link]

11. 4.2 [Link] ---"---

9. REFERENCES :
1. Machine tools technology [Link]
2. All about machine tools Gerling
3. Machine tools [Link]
4. Machine tool Vol.-I to IV Achercan
5. Metal cutting technology & Experiments [Link]
6. Engineering Productivity Vol.1 & 2 WFWalker
7. Principles of Engineering Production Lissamay & Martin
ELBS - Title
8. Production Engineering Sciences [Link] & [Link]
9. Fundamental of Metal Machining and Boothroyd
Machine Tools
[Link] Art of Tool & Cutter Grinding [Link]

10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

SR. NAME TOPIC % Weightage

No.
1. Grinding and Superfinishing Pprocesses 15
2. Gear Manufacturing and Finishing 10
Processes
3. Thread Production Methods 10
4. Broaching Machine 5
5. Jig boring Machine 5
6. Single and Multi Spindle Automats 5
7. Special Purpose Machine 05
8. Non-Conventional Methods of Machining 10
9. Jig and Fixture 10
10. CNC Machines 15
11. Computer Integrated Manufacturing 10
Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :

1. Prof. Y. R. Joshi
2. Prof. G.D. Acharya
3. Prof. H. V. Doshi
4. Prof. N.K. Lapsiwala
5. Prof. A.B. Rajyaguru

(B) CDC FACULTY :

1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-502
COURSE NAME : INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

1. RATIONALE:
Technicians of Mechanical & Electrical Engineering disciplines are expected
to work most of at middle level. They are also expected to deal with
management problems. They are exposed to these practices in this course.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION:

SR. CODE COURSE L P Exam Scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM-502 INDUSTRIAL
MANAGEMENT 3 0 100 --- --- 100

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

SR. TOPIC NO. OF HOURS

No. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. System Concept and Management 4 - 4
2. Organisation Structure 6 - 6
and Organisational Dynamics
3. Materials Management 10 - 10
4. Production, Planning and 8 - 8
Control
5. CPM/PERT 8 - 8
6. Value Analysis 3 - 3
7. Factory Acts and Laws 3 - 3

Total 42 -- 42
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES:

TRS: 1. Develop supervisory skills for shop floor activities.

EO’s
1.1 Internalise system concept of management and organisation structure and
dynamics. (Topic 1,2)
TRS: 2. Develop ability of economical and timely
procurement of required material.
EO’s
2.1 Calculate economical order quantity (E.O.Q) for the given order.
(Topic 3)
2.2 Arrange procurement of given quantity in time. (Topic 3)
TRS: 3. Manage stores and exercise inventory
control using standard methods.
EO’s
3.1 Justify inventory control technique for stores management. (Topic 3)
3.2 Use suitable inventory control model for managing store. (Topic 3)
TRS: 4. Develop ability for project execution.
EO’s
4.1 Discuss PPC (production,planning and control) in relation to project execution.
(Topic 4)
4.2 Use CPM and PERT techniques for project execution and solving related
problems. (Topic 5)
TRS: 5. Interpret value engineering techniques.
EO’s
5.1 Use value analysis techniques for given product. (Topic 6)
TRS: 6. Interpret factory acts and laws.
EO’s
6.1 Use factory acts and laws as applicable. (Topic 7)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minutes(or more).
2. Give instructions orally.
3. Participate in debates and conversations.
4. Follow written or oral instructions and interpret them to others.
5. Describe an object, process or procedure.
6. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).
7. Fill up various types of forms/formats and maintain records.
8. Write brief reports of various types (inspection, installation, commissioning,
progress report, test reports, trouble reports, status report of materials,
industrial visits, shift reports in log books etc.)
9. Compile and interpret process data periodically.
10. Write proposals (feasibility of projects, purchase, maintenance of machines and
equipment, budget etc.)
11. Draft tender documents.
12. Write letters of inquiry and replies to these letters.
13. Draft official memos and notices.
14. Prepare the agenda and schedule for meetings/group discussions.
15. Assert one’s point of view and convince others.
16. Accept other’s point of view.

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS

1.0 : SYSTEM CONCEPT AND MANAGEMENT:
1.1 Definition of system 1.2 Types of systems
1.3 System parameters 1.4 System variable
1.5 System behaviour 1.6 Definition of management
1.7 Functions of management.
2.0 : ORGANISATION STRUCTURE AND ORGANISATIONAL DYNAMICS
2.1 Definition, goals, Factors considered in formulating structure.
2.2 Division of labour, scalar and functional processes, span of control, delegation
of authority, centralisation and Decentralisation.
2.3 Types, advantages, disadvantages and applications of organisation
structure, flexibility.
2.4 Organisational culture and factors affecting organisation culture.
2.5 Moral : factors affecting moral.
2.6 Relationship between moral and productivity.
2.7 Effect of high and low moral.
2.8 Job satisfaction, factors influencing job satisfaction.
3.0 : MATERIALS MANAGEMENT :
3.1 Definitions, functions, importance of material management, relationship with
other departments.
3.2 Objectives of purchase, purchasing systems, purchase procedure, terms and
forms used in purchase department.
3.3 Functions of storekeeping, classification of stores as centralised and decentralised
with their advantages, disadvantages and application in actual practice. Functions
of store keeper, types of records maintainedby store, various types of storage
equipment, codification of stores.
3.4 Definition of inventory control, objectives of inventory control, derivation for
expression for EOQ, ABC analysis, other modern methods of analysis various
types of inventory models such as Willson’s inventory model, replenishment
model, two bin model.
4.0 : PRODUCTION, PLANNING AND CONTROL :
4.1 Meaning, phases and objectives
4.2 Explain in detail the functions of PPC along with necessary forms used in it,
4.3 Types of productions, calculation of Economic Batch Quantity (EBQ), critical
ratio scheduling and Gantt charts.
5.0 : CPM/PERT:
5.1 Meaning, features, difference, application
5.2 Understand different terms used in network diagram
5.3 Draw network diagram for a real life project containing 10-15 activities,
computation of LPO, EPO.
5.4 Determination of critical path on network.
5.5 Floats, its types and determination of floats.
5.6 Crashing of network, updating and its application.
6.0 : VALUE ANALYSIS (VA) :
6.1 Definitions, terms used, VA process, importance, methods, VA flow diagram
analysis.
7.0 : FACTORY ACT AND LAWS :
7.1 Factory act and its important provisions.
7.2 Workman compensation act its important provisions.

7.3 Industrial dispute act and its important provisions.

7. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES :

Sr. TRS EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed
1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP,
Demonstrations Video-cassettes
2. 2 2.1 --- " --- ---"---

3. 2.2 ----"----- ---"---

4. 3. 3.1 Classroom instructions Video-cassettes,

home assigement OHP,Charts

5. 3.2 ---"--- ---"---

6. 4. 4.1 Classroom Instructions OHP, Handouts,

Video- cassettes
---"---- Group discussion
7 4.2 home assigement --"--

8. 5. 5.1 ---"--- Video-cassettes,

OHP

9. 6. 6.1 ----"---- ---"---

8. REFERENCES:
Author
1. System Analysis [Link]
2. Learning Package on Industrial Management TTTI, Bhopal
3. What every supervisor should know Lester R.
4. CPM & PERT principles and Applications [Link]
5. Modern Production Management Buffa
6. Materials Management N. Nair
7. Value Analysis Mikes
8. Industrial Engineering & Management O. P. Khanna

9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC % WEIGHTAGE

No.
1. System concept and management 10
2. Organisation structure 10
and organisational dynamics
3. Materials management 25
4. Production, planning and control 20
5. CPM/PERT 15
6. Value analysis 10
7. Factory acts and laws 10
Total 100
10. SUPPORT GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. D. M. Patel
2. Prof. D. S. Dave
3. Prof. P. C. Bhavsar
4. Prof. A. M. Talsaniya
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-503
COURSE NAME : TOOL ENGINEERING

1. RATIONALE:
This Curriculum will enable the students to achieve competencies required by industries in the areas of
production, process planning and design of cutting tools, jigs and fixtures, press tools and gauges. It is
obvious that effective manufacturing depends upon adequate preparation and planning. It is emphasized
that the course be learned keeping in view two important aspects.
(a) To devise means and equipment to achieve and maintain a required level of quality in a manufactured
product.
(b) To accomplish the required results in the most economical manner.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION:

NO. COURSE NAME OF COURSE L P EXAM SCHEME

CODE TH. PRA. T.W. TOTAL
1 SM-503 TOOL ENGINEERING 3 2 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS %

NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL WEIGHTAGE
1. Introduction 02 -- 02 05
2. Process Planning, Economy & Estimation in 08 -- 08 15 **
Tool Engineering
3. Introduction to Tool Design 04 -- 04 10
4. Cutting Tools Selection 04 06 10 10
5. Design of Jigs and Fixtures 09 14 23 25 *
6. Design of Press Tool 12 06 18 30 *
7. Design of Limit Gauges 03 02 05 05
Total 42 28 70 100
* Minimum one question of 15 marks on design (sketches) from each.
** One question to prepare process plan & cost estimation of 10 marks.

4. OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand need, importance, and applications of tool engineering.

2. Interpret & prepare tool standard drawings.
3. Develop criteria for tool selection.
4. Design jig, fixture and press tool for given component, operation and other data.
5. Design limit gauge for given match size.

5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS:

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Concept, meaning and definitions of various terminology used, including tool, tool design,
tool engineering, etc.
1.2 Tool engineering-functions, services and assistance, organizational structure, intra and inter
relationship in an organization.
1.3 Tool engineer - characteristics, duties, responsibilities and importance.
1.4 Common troubles problems, and trouble shooting approaches used in tool engineering.
2.0 PROCESS PLANNING, ECONOMY AND ESTIMATION IN TOOL ENGINEERING.

2.1 Process planning-concept, meaning, definition, importance, functions, principles, steps,

information required procedure and forms used.
2.2 Information required for process planning and information available from process planning.
2.3 Applications of process & tool plans in a given situation.
2.4 Economy-concept, meaning, importance and principles in tool engineering.
2.5 Universal acts & their elements of a manufacturing operation with suitable simple example.
2.6 Cost-types, methods for calculation and ways to reduce.
2.7 Safety-concept, meaning, importance and norms for tool engineering environment.
2.8 Estimation-concept, meaning, definition, importance, principles, steps, procedure and forms.
2.9 Process planning, estimation of time and estimation of cost for various tool components (having
more than 6 operations).

3.0 INTRODUCTION TO TOOL DESIGN.

3.1 Define, compare and differentiate tool, cutting tool and machine tool.
3.2 Tools-types, classification, features & applications including CNC machine’s tooling.
3.3 Tool materials-types, classification, composition, properties, cutting parameters (if applicable, for
various work piece materials), applications and selection criteria.
3.4 Heat treatment-types, necessity, process, selection criteria and applications for various tool
components.
3.5 Tool design-importance, elements, steps, procedure and examples.

4.0 CUTTING TOOLS SELECTION.

4.1 Cutting tools-types, classification and applications.
4.2 Geometry, nomenclature/signature and BIS/ISO standards for single point cutting tools, twist
drills, hole mills, reamers, plain milling cutter, side & face milling cutter and end mills.
(HSS based).
4.3 Criteria for selection of cutting tools for given application /situation.
4.4 Carbide tips/inserts-types, classification, BIS/ISO codification/designation, need, cutting
parameters for various work piece materials, selection criteria and applications.
4.5 Grinding/resharpening of cutting tools as per given geometry (Demonstration for single point and
multi point cutting tools).
4.6 Form tools-types, importance, nomenclature and applications.
4.7 Correction - meaning, need and graphical method of applying correction.
4.8 Tool setting devices and tool setting machines used for CNC machines.

5.0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES.

5.1 Introduction - concept, purpose, definitions, principles and differences of jigs and fixtures.
5.2 Location and clamping- principles, types, features, working, importance and applications.
5.3 Fool proofing and ejecting.
5.4 Jig- concept, meaning, types, applications, working, components, design steps, design and
selection criteria.
5.5 Fixture-concept, meaning, types, design and selection criteria.
5.6 Modular concept of JIG & fixture and its application.

6.0 DESIGN OF PRESS TOOLS

6.1 Press working processes.

6.2 Press tools :- Introduction, features, types, working, components and their functions.
6.3 Concept, meaning, definitions and calculations of press tonnage and shut height of
press tool.
6.4 Cutting Die Design - General aspects and steps.
6.5 Shear action in die cutting operation.
6.6 Centre of pressure: Concept, meaning, definition, methods of finding and importance.
6.7 Die clearance: Concept, meaning, definition, reasons, effects and methods of application.
6.8 Cutting force: Methods to calculate and methods of reducing.
6.9 Scrap strip layout:- Concept, importance, method to prepare, and determining percentage
stock utilization.
6.10 Design methods and design of die block, punch, punch support and other die components.
6.11 Types, working, and applications of stock stop, pilots, strippers and knockouts.
6.12 Design of cutting die-types and selection criteria for different components.
6.13 Cutting dies & die sets-types, working, features, applications and selection criteria.
6.14 Types, terminology, features, elements, working, applications and selection criteria for
bending, forming, drawing and forging dies.

7.0 DESIGN OF LIMIT GAUGES.

7.1 Elements, types and application of limit gauges.

7.2 Gauge materials, their selection and heat treatment.
7.3 Taylor’s principles of gauge design.
7.4 Types and methods to provide gauge tolerances.
7.5 Design steps and design of plug & ring / snap gauge for given dimension and application.

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES.

Sr. No. Title for Drawing / Design Hrs. Report

1 (a) Production/drawings including 04 (a) Brief report/description of each tool
geometry and nomenclature for drawn.
single point cutting tool, twist drill,
milling cutter and form tool (one
each-any type) confirming to (b) List steps of grinding cutting
BIS/ISO standard. tool angles demonstrated, to students for
(b) Demonstration for tool angles different cutting tools.
grinding specified in (a) above. 02
2 Design and prepare production/drawing 08 (a) Prepare report on design steps
of jig for given component, operation followed for the selected jig
and other data. This includes detail & design.
assembly drawings. (b) Prepare process plan, and cost
estimation sheet for any component
(having not less than 6 operations) of jig
taken in design.
3 Design and prepare production/drawing 06 (a) Prepare report on design steps
of fixture for given component, operation followed for the selected fixture
and other data. This includes details and design.
assembly drawings. (b) Prepare process plan, cost
estimation sheet, route sheet,
operation sheet and inspection
sheet for any component of fixture
taken in design (component should
have 6 or more operations.)
4. Design and prepare production/ drawing 08 Prepare report on design steps followed
of press tool for a cutting operations for for the selected press tool design.
given component, operations and other
data. This includes details and assembly
drawing.
5. ---- (a) Design and prepare report for plug
and ring/snap gauges for given match
size.
NOTES:

1. Drawing/Design should be on half imperial drawing sheets as per I.S. recommendations.

2. Preparation of production drawings includes material & its size quantity, top dimensions, tolerances,
surface finish, surface coatings, heat treatments, etc.
3. Reports should be based on drawing / design work carried out in termwork ONLY. Report should
elaborate design steps actually followed including principles, guidelines and selection criteria.
4. Design data book/ standards must be used wherever applicable.

7. REFERENCES:

Sr. No. Title of the book Author Publisher

1 Fundamentals of tool design ASTME PHI
2 Tool design Donaldson & Lecain TME
3 Tool engineering Doyal
4 Principles of tool & jig design [Link]
5 Die design fundamentals [Link] Industrial press
6 Production tooling equipments [Link]
7 Production engineering science Pandey-sign Standard publishers
8 Design data book K. Mahadeven BPB, Delhi
Reddy
9 Design data book PSG
10 An introduction to jig & tool design M.H.A. Kempster Mc GH. Publication
11 Jigs and fixture design -- Produced by
institution of
production
engineerings.
12 Basic die making D. Engine Ostergard Mc GH Publication
13 Jigs and fixture [Link] TMGH publication
14 Production technology HMT HMT
15 BIS 1983,3019,2163 for single point
Cutting tool
BIS 5101 for twist drills
BIS 5989 for hole mills BIS BIS
ISO 236/II for reamers
BIS for plain milling cutter
BIS 6308 for S/F milling cutter
BIS 6353 for end mills

8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STATEGIES:

Topic No. Instructional Strategy Key Resources Needed

1 Class room teaching --
2 Class room teaching, workshop, Visit OHP, Standard forms
3 Class room teaching OHP
4 Class room teaching, workshop, Visit OHP, tools, catalogues
5 ---do--- OHP, models, data book, software
6 ---do--- ---do---
7 ---do--- ---do---
9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC % WEIGHTAGE

NO.
1. Introduction 05
2. Process Planning, Economy & Estimation in 15 **
Tool Engineering
3. Introduction to Tool Design 10
4. Cutting Tools Selection 10
5. Design of Jigs and Fixtures 25 *
6. Design of Press Tool 30 *
7. Design of Limit Gauges 05
Total 100
* Minimum one question of 15 marks on design (sketches) from each.
** One question to prepare process plan & cost estimation of 10 marks.

10. SUPPORT GROUP:

(a) Polytechnic faculty

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
3. “ [Link]
4. “ [Link]
5. “ [Link]
6. “ [Link]

(b) C.D.C. Faculty

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM-504
COURSE NAME : ESTIMATING, COSTING AND CONTRACTING

1. RATIONALE:
This course is designed to develop the ability in the students to evaluate
manufacturing jobs in the monetary units. Hence, it will help to increase the
productivity of the organization and conservation of valuable resources. This
course will also help in developing the skills required in the process of decision
making.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINIATION:

SR. CODE COURSE L P Exam. Scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM-504 ESTIMATING COSTING 2 2 100 - 25 125
AND CONTRACTING

* Under Practical , Students will be given exercises such as case study,

assignments, seminar,group discussion, study projects of related industry etc.
Exercises done under Practical should be considered as a part of term work.

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING:
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction to Costing,Estimating 2 - 02
and Contracting
2. Elements of cost and overhead 5 4 09
Allocation.
3. Cost Estimation of Welding 2 2 04
4. Cost Estimation of Forging,Machining, 10 8 18
Casting and Press Tools
5. Break Even Analysis 2 4 06
6. The cost analysis 1 - 01
7. Problems and Solution of Cost 2 2 04
8. Concept of Profit and Budget 2 4 06
9. Contracting 2 4 06

Total 28 28 56
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
TRS: 1. Estimate cost of production and sale price of a product.
EO’s
1.1 Calculate production and sale cost considering various cost elements.
(Topic 1,2)
1.2 Estimate cost of various manufacturing processes. (Topic 1,3,4)
1.3 Identify problems of cost and suggest their solutions, benefits of cost analysis.
(Topic 6,7)
1.4 Calculate break even quantity with the help of Break Even Analysis.
(Topic 5)
TRS: 2. Interpret industrial budget.
EO’s
1.1 Prepare various types of budgets. (Topic 8)
1.2 Analyse given model balance sheets and profit-loss account. (Topic 8)

5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Convince persons about products and services.
2. Describe an object, process or procedure.
3. Draft tender documents.
4. Draft official memos and notices.
5. Assert one’s point of view and convince others.
6. Accept other’s point of view.

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS:

TOPIC 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO COSTING, ESTIMATING AND CONTRACTING

1.1 Importance of costing and cost estimating system in any manufacturing
organisation.
1.2 Importance of contracting.
TOPIC 2.0 ELEMENTS OF COST AND OVERHEAD ALLOCATION
2.1 Terminology associated with various cost elements and their classification.
2.2 Terminology associated with overheads, their classification and allocation.
2.3 Determination of selling price and catalogue price.
2.4 Depreciation and obsolescence : Definition, Types Different methods of
calculating depreciation.
2.5 Determination of cost of production.
TOPIC 3.0 COST ESTIMATION OF WELDING
3.1 Elements of cost in welding.
3.2 Factors effecting welding cost.
3.3 Cost elements in gas and arc welding.
3.4 Definition of production cost of given job for above methods.
TOPIC 4.0 COST ESTIMATION OF FORGING,MACHINING,CASTING AND
PRESS TOOLS
4.1 The Terminology associated with forging shop.
4.2 Concept of cost estimation for the given job in forging shop
4.3 Calculate Selling price of forged job.
4.4 The Terminology associated with cost estimation in various shops.
4.5 The procedure of calculating material cost of a product.
4.6 The terminology associated with machine shop estimation.
4.7 Procedure of estimating cost of pattern making.
4.8 Procedure of estimating foundry cost.
4.9 Procedure of estimating cost in sheet metal shop.
4.10 For given data compute cost of machining, pattern making, casting and sheet
metal.
4.11 Determine selling price made by machining, casting, forging and sheet metal
process.
TOPIC 5.0 BREAK EVEN ANALYSIS
5.1 Classification of costs, Fixed and variable costs, Classification of given set
of costs as fixed and variable, Relationship between the costs and quantity
of production.
5.2 Break Even Chart :
- Definition of Break Even Point (BEP) and its needs in industry.
- Procedure of construction of Break Even Chart.
- Assumptions made in constructing Break even chart.
- Calculation of B.E.P. analytically and graphically.
- Margin of safety,its importance and its derivation.
- Effect of changing various parameters on B.E.P.
- Define and derive profit/volume ratio.
- Compute profit/volume from the given data.
TOPIC 6.0 COST ANALYSIS
6.1 Definition
6.2 Benefits (Explain in brief)
TOPIC 7.0 PROBLEMS AND SOLUTION OF COST
7.1 Problem of cost reduction.
7.2 Areas of cost reduction. (Explain in brief)
7.3 Identify the factors to reduce the cost of production
7.4 Modern tools and techniques of cost reduction in brief.
TOPIC 8.0 CONCEPT OF PROFIT AND BUDGET
8.1 CONCEPT OF PROFIT
- Definition,needs for earning profit by industry.
- Methods of increasing profit.
(Explain in brief with limitations)
8.2 CONCEPT OF BUDGET
- Define Budget and Budgetary control.
- Purpose of budget.
- Various typs of budgets.
- Benefits of budget.
- With given example,interpret industrial budget.
8.3 INDUSTRIAL ACCOUNTS
- Explain in brief different accounts used in industrial accounting.
- Interpret the balance sheet of a given industry.
TOPIC 9.0 CONTRACTING
9.1 Define contracts and its characteristics.
9.2 Types of contract.
9.3 Advantages of contract
9.4 Provision of different conditions in a contract.
9.5 Documents required in an engineering contract (explain).
9.6 Define specification and types.
9.7 Factors to be considered in the preparation of specification.
9.8 Prepare Specifications for a given machine.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES (TERM WORK):
1. Prepare list of elements of cost.
2. Justify inclusion of overhead allocation or depreciation in cost.
3. Estimate welding cost.
4. Estimate material cost.
5. Estimate forging cost.
6. Calculate machine shop cost. Two problems.
7. Calculate pattern making and foundry cost or estimate sheet metal working
cost.
8. Construct Break even chart for given situation.
9. Draw Break even analysis ( Analytically and graphically ).
10. Write cost reduction techniques in relation to given problem.
11. Suggest methods of increasing profit.
12. Suggest steps of preparation of budget for a particular industry or organization.
13. Use standard forms used in contracting.
14. Prepare specifications for given machine.
Note :
* Minimum one problem each from above list should be solved.
* The problems and exercises can be decided by concerned teacher.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTION STRATEGIES:

Sr. TRS EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks

No. NO. NO. strategy needed

1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions OHP,Charts

Lab. Experience
2. 1.2 -----"----- ---"----

3. 1.3 Classroom instruction

Home Assigment ---"----

4. 1.4 Lab. Experience Charts,OHP.

5. 2 2.1 Lab. Experience OHP

Home Assigment
6 2.2 Lab. Experience OHP

9. REFERENCES :

1. Mechanical Estimating and Costing Banga and Sharma

2. Mechanical Estimating and Costing Shrimali and Jain
3. Mechanical Costing and Estimation Singh and Khan
4. Learning Package in E.C.C. TTTI, Bhopal
5. Fundamentals of P.W.D. Accounts and Pandya
Procedures.
6. Construction Management and Accounts Vajirani and Chandola
7. [Link] Industrial Management TTTI, Bhopal
8. A Text book of Industrial Engineering Mansurali and Dalela
Management system
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME:

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE

NO. WEIGHTAGE
1. Introduction to Costing,Estimating 05
and Contracting
2. Elements of Cost and Overhead 15
Allocation.
3. Cost Estimation of Welding 10
4. Cost Estimation of Forging,Machining, 30
Casting and Press Tools
5. Break Even Analysis 10
6. The Cost Analysis 05
7. Problems and Solution of Cost 05
8. Concept of Profit and Budget 10
9. Contracting 10

Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. D. M. Patel
2. " D. S. Dave
3. " P. C. Bhavsar
4. " A. M. Talsaniya

(B) CDC FACULTY :

1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. " S. R. Mishra
3. " H. B. Darji

(C) TTTI FACULTY :

1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. " K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-505
COURSE NAME : DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS

1. RATIONALE
The day-to-day functions carried out in the design and drawing department of
an industry are multifarious. Some of these functions are planning, sketching,
deciding specifications, determining design factors, computing and providing
dimensions coordinating with production, designing job fixtures and tools,
specifying materials, evaluating designs and so on.
The mechanical technicians should possess some higher level cognitive skills
to help him in performing the above referred job functions.
This course is designed to provide the student such experience where he can
apply his knowledge acquired from various courses, further, the course also
aims at developing the ability to analyse the given problem, weigh alternatives
and find the suitable solution.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. CODE NAME OF COURSE L P Exam. scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM-505 DESIGN OF MACHINE 3 2 100 50 25 175
ELEMENTS

Note :
1. The teachers are strongly recommended to give industrial touch to their
instructional strategies, bringing the students closer to the real industrial
situation.
2. During practical/oral examination external/internal examiner should give one
design exercise to each student separately and students should defend the
work done during the term.
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
No. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. General Considerations in 8 2 10
the Design of Machine Elements
2. Design of Machine Elements 8 6 14
Subjected to Direct Stresses
3. Design the Machine Elements 6 2 08
Subjected to Bending
4. Design the Machine Elements 6 6 12
Subjected to Direct Twisting Moments
5. Design the Machine Elements 5 4 09
Subjected to Direct and Bending Stresses
6. Pressure Vessels 5 4 09
7. Selection Procedure for Bearings 4 4 08

Total 42 28 70

4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES

TRS 1. Design and modify simple machine elements.
EO’s :
1.1 Recognise the factors influencing the design of machine elements. (Topic 1)
1.2 Identify the various material used for manufacturing machine elements.
(Topic 1)
1.3 Follow standardisation and preferred numbers. (Topic 1)
1.4 Design and modify simple parts and machine elements : (Topic 2,3,4,5)
(i) Subjected to direct stresses
(ii) Subjected to bending
(iii) Subjected to direct twisting moments
(iv) Subjected to direct and bending stresses
1.5 Design and modify
(i) Pressure Vessels (Topic 6)
(ii) Bearings (Topic 7)
5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Describe an object, process or procedure.
2. Write assignments (classroom, library, home).

6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS

TOPIC 1 GENERAL CONSIDERATION IN THE DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
1.1 General consideration and factors influencing the design of machine elements.
1.2 Various materials used in manufacture of machine elements
(Metallic, Non-metallic, ferrous and non-ferrous - I.S. designation).
1.3 Types of loads, stresses and factor of safety.
1.4 Standardisation and preferred numbers.
TOPIC 2 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS SUBJECTED TO DIRECT STRESSES
2.1 Simple examples of machine elements e.g. link of chain, eye bolt, punching
operation etc.
2.2 Design of knuckle Joint.
2.3 Design of cotter Joint.
2.4 Design of riveted Joint.
2.5 Threaded fasteners.
2.6 Design procedure of the screw for power transmission.
TOPIC 3 DESIGN THE MACHINE ELEMENTS SUBJECTED TO BENDING
3.1 Concept of bending moment. Fundamental equation of Bending, section
modulus of various sections, examples of pure bending like levers, beams,
axle etc.
3.2 Design procedure for levers. Types of levers, design of cross-section of arms,
bosses and pins.
3.3 Design of leaf spring.
TOPIC 4 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENT SUBJECTED TO DIRECT TWISTING
MOMENTS
4.1 Fundamental equation of Twisting Moment and design procedure.
4.2 Design of shafts (solid and hollow) on basis of strength.
4.3 Design of keys - types and design procedure.
4.4 Types and applications of couplings. Design of muff and flange coupling.
4.5 Design of closed coiled helical spring, calculation of dimensions (wirediameter,
stiffness , number of coils, free length) helical spring-tension and compression
both.
TOPIC 5 DESIGN MACHINE ELEMENT SUBJECTED TO DIRECT AND BENDING
STRESSES
5.1 Eccentric loading - frame of a machine, clamp, bracket.
5.2 Various types of load on bolts in assembly - design of bolt under static load
and calculation of size of foundation bolt for pillar crane.
TOPIC 6 PRESSURE VESSELS
6.1 Types of pressure vessels used in process industries.
6.2 Design of thick cylinders.
6.3 Design of thin cylinders and thin spherical shell.
TOPIC 7 SELECTION PROCEDURE FOR BEARINGS
7.1 Bearings - types, characteristics and commonly used materials.
7.2 Design journal bearings.
7.3 Antifriction bearings: types, advantages, applications.
7.4 Selection procedure of anti-friction bearing.
7.5 Different calculation of bearings : basic dynamic load, load rating, equivalent
load, bearing life.

7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
TERMWORK WILL CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS :
(A) Design of Machine Elements And Preparation of Reports.
(1) Design of screw and nut of “c” clamp, toggle jack, screw jack etc.
(one problem)
(2) Design of levers such as bell-crank,rocker armof [Link], lever of boiler
safety valve (one problem)
(3) Design of muff/ flange coupling (one problem)
(4) Design of helical/leaf spring(Spring balance, valve spring etc.)
(One each problem)
(5) Selection of anti-friction bearings for given conditions using manufacturer’s,
table / Design data book/book of mechanical design for machines such as
electric motors,pumps [Link], lathe, drilling machines, grinders etc.
(atleast two problems).
(6) Design of pressure vessels - thin/thick cylinder and thin spherical shell (one
problem).
(7) Given the basic size/dimension/working situation, select the appropriate size
and dimensions from respective IS.
- bolt and nut (coarse and fine series), washer, circlips.
- Screw : V and square threads.
- Rivet and plate hole.
- Sections - Square, rectangular, elliptical, “I”.
- Shaft - Size and materials code with mechanical properties.
- No. of speeds, preferred numbers.
- Working situation - ball bearing.
(8) Design of journal bearing (one problem)
(B) DESIGN, DRAWING AND PREPARATION OF REPORTS
(1) Design of Cotter Joint, Knuckle Joint, Turn buckle. (Two sheets with report)
(2) Design of flange coupling or flexible coupling. (one sheet with report)
(3) Design of machine vice/screw type hand press etc. (one sheet with report)
NOTE :
Every sheet should contain details and assembly production drawings including zone
and folding mark, limits, fits and tolerances.

8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

S r. T R S EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks
No. NO. NO. strategy needed

1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions OHP,Chart,Models

2. 1.2 --- " --- Handout,IS

3. 1.3 ---"---- IS,Home Assignment

4. 1.4 Classroom instruction Charts,Models,

Lab. Experience Video Cassette,OHP.

5. 1.5 ----"----- -----"-----

9. REFERENCES
(A) B O O K S
1. Machine Design Pandya and Shah
2. Machine Design [Link] and [Link]
3. Machine Design [Link]
4. Machine Design TVS Murthy and [Link]
5. Design of Machine Elements Joshi and Joshi
6. Machine Design Black, Paul H.
7. Design Data Hand Book Msnadevan & Reddy.
8. Design og Machine Elements Shigley
9. Design data Book PSG College of technology,Coimbture.
10. Data Book for Machine Designer [Link]
11. Handbook for machine Design G.N. Maitra and [Link]
12. Hand book of properties of Engg
Materials and Design Data for M/C Elements [Link].
( B ) INDIAN STANDARDS :
1. B.I.S. : 1076-1967 Prefered Numbers
2. B.I.S. : 2048-1975 Parallel Keys and Keyways
3. B.I.S. : 2399-1964 Glosary of terms related to rolling
barings
4. B.I.S. : 2709-1964 Slide for the selection of fits
5. B.I.S. : 3823 Methods of evaluating static load
ratings of rolling bearings
Part 1-1966 Radial ball bearings
Part 2-1966 Radial roller bearings
Part 3-1966 Thrust ball bearings
Part 4-1966 Thrust roller bearings
6. B.I.S. : 3824 Methods of evaluating Dynamic load
ratings of rolling bearings
Part 1-1966 Radial ball bearings
Part 2-1966 Radial roller bearings
Part 3-1966 Thrust ball bearings
Part 4-1966 Thrust roller bearings
7. B.I.S. : 4215-1967 Needle bearings
8. B.I.S. : 1135-1966 Proportions of leaf springs
9. B.I.S. : 2693-1964 Cast Iron flexible couplings
10. B.I.S. : 1570-1961 Plain Carbon and alloy steel
11. B.I.S. : 1871-1965 Wrought steels
12. B.I.S. : 617 -1959 Alluminium and Al alloys
13. B.I.S. : 2278-1974 Copper and its Alloys
10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Topic Name of Topic %

No. WEIGHTAGE
1. General considerations in 20
the design of machine elements
2. Design of machine elements 20
subjected to direct stresses
3. Design the machine elements 15
subjected to bending
4. Design the machine elements 15
subjected to direct twisting moments
5. Design the machine elements 10
subjected to direct and bending stresses
6. Pressure vessels 10
7. Selection procedure for bearings 10
Total 100

11 . SUPPORT GROUP :
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. K. S. Pancholi
2. Prof. R. B. Gupta
3. Prof. R.R. Trivedi
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE : SM-506
COURSE NAME : THERMAL ENGINEERING

1. RATIONALE
Thermal Engineering, which includes an application of thermodynamic principles, form an
essential element of any mechanical engineering technician course these days. This course
includes the applications of thermodynamics principles to the steam power plants,
compressors, [Link], Gas turbines, refrigeration and air conditioning etc.
Steam power plants are being established in the country in a big way to cater for the
spurt in the power demand. It is expected that a large no. of mechanical technicians will
be associated with planning, erecting, running and maintaining steam power plants. The
present course includes the study of important components of such plants, so that the
mechanical technicians do not find them selves as strangers, if called upon to perform
these jobs.
Whatever be the nature of industry, keeping a standby Diesel generating set is becoming
a norm these days. Similarly one can not imagine an industry small/big without the air
compressors. Also the growth of an Automobile industries for transportation of goods and
people are phenomenal.
The introductory study of the gas turbines is also included because of increasing use of
the gas turbines in the power plants now a days. The course also includes basic principles
of Refrigeration and Air-conditioning. It is seen that every industry is using some refrigeration
and air-conditioning system and a mechanical technician should be able to cope up with
these systems.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. CODE NAME OF COURSE L P [Link]
NO. NO. Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. SM-506 THERMAL 4 2 100 50 25 175
ENGINEERING
3. SCHEME OF TEACHING :
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1 Boilers 06 06 12
2 Steam Prime Movers 08 — 08
3 Steam Condensers and Cooling Towers 04 — 04
4 Air Compressors 07 04 11
5 I.C. Engines 11 10 21
6 Gas Turbines 04 — 04
7 Refrigeration and Air conditioning 11 08 19

8 Heat Transfer 05 — 05

Total 56 28 84
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES
TRS : 1 Select suitable Boiler and Prime mover.

EO’s 1.1 Discuss different modes of heat transfer. (Topic 8)

1.2 Calculate Thermal efficiency Fuel Consumption and dryness fraction of steam
of boilers. (Topic 1)
1.3 Interpret valve timing diagram of I.C. engine. (Topic 5)
1.4 Justify the working of various systems of Prime movers. (Topic 2)
1.5 Calculate Brake Power, Indicated power, Mechanical efficiency,
Thermal efficiency and Fuel consumption of given IC Engine
as per IS. (Topic 5)
1.6 Select air compressors and Gas Turbine for the required parameters.
(Topic 4,6)

TRS : 2. Develop ability to operate and maintain refrigeration and air conditioning
system.
EO’s 2.1 Compute C.O.P. of Vapour Compression system. (Topic 7)
2.2 Use Psychrometry Charts for finding air properties. ( “ )

5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS :
1. Face oral examinations confidently.
2. Describe an object, process or procedure.
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS
TOPIC 1 BOILERS
1.1 Concepts, functions, features and classification.
1.2 Detail study of lancashire, Babcock and willcock and package boilers.
1.3 Boiler mounting and accessories.
1.4 Boiler draught system.
1.5 Boiler performances testing and heat balance sheet.
1.6 Application and maintenance of boiler.
1.7 Inspection and safety precautions in boiler house.(As per IBR)
1.8 Energy conservation in boiler (including waste heat boilers).

TOPICS 2 STEAM PRIME-MOVERS

2.1 Concept of steam primemover.
2.2 Brief description about heat engine.
2.3 Steam nozzles.
2.4 Steam turbine - concept and classification.
2.5 Impulse and reaction turbines(constructional and materials details.)
2.6 Compounding of impulse steam turbine.
2.7 Application and selection of turbine.
2.8 Safety precautions for steam turbines.

TOPIC 3 STEAM CONDENSERS and COOLING TOWERS

3.1 Classification and working of condensers .
3.2 Classification and working of cooling towers.

TOPIC 4 AIR COMPRESSORS

4.1 Concepts, functions and classification.
4.2 Working of reciprocating air compressor and rotary air compressor.
4.3 Single stage, multistage and intercooling in compressors.
4.4 Power required and efficiency of reciprocating air compressors.
4.5 Maintenance of air compressors.
TOPIC 5 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ( I.C.) ENGINES
5.1 Concepts and classification .
5.2 I.C. engines parts and their functions.
5.3 Working of two stroke and four stroke cycle Spark Ignition (SI) and Compression
Ignition (CI) engines.
5.4 Valve timing of I.C. engine and its explanation on PV diagram.
5.5 Various systems of [Link].
5.6 Detail study of carburetor, fuel pump and fuel injectors.
5.7 Scavenging and Superchager.
5.8 Performance testing on I.C. engine and its heat balance sheet. Familiarisation with
IS testing.
5.9 Energy conservation in I.C. engines.
5.10 Faults and remedies in I.C. engines.
5.11 Safety precautions.
TOPIC 6 GAS TURBINES
6.1 Classification, working and application of gas turbine.
6.2 Fuels for gas turbine.
TOPIC 7 REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
(A) Refrigeration :
7.1 Refrigeration cycles.
7.2 Dry and wet compression.
7.3 Working of components of vapour compression refrigerations systems. Calculation
of C.O.P. and R.E.
7.4 Refrigerants types, properties, applications and selections.
7.5 Domestic refrigerator and water cooler.
7.6 Common faults and remedies in refrigeration system.
7.7 Maintenance of refrigeration system.
(B) Air conditioning:
7.8 Air conditioning- types and its applications.
7.9 Psychrometry and various Air conditioning processes on Psychrometric charts.
7.10 Window air conditioners.
7.11 Maintenance of air-conditioning system.
TOPIC 8 HEAT TRANSFER
8.1 Various mode of heat transfer.
8.2 Conduction heat transfer, Fourier’s law, thermal conductivity and heat transfer through
composite wall and cylinders.
8.3 Convection heat transfer, Newtons law of convection,Free and force convection,
coefficient of convection.
8.4 Radiation heat transfer, Stefan and Boltzman’s law, Black body concept, emissivity,
refractivity, absorptivity.
8.5 Over all heat transfer coefficient .
8.6 Heat exchanger : introduction, types and applications.
7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
(1) Compare the boilers on the following aspects :
Types, working, application and capacity.
(2) Study of boiler mountings and accessories.
(3) Visual inspection of actual working of boiler during industrial visit. The report should
include :
* Type of boiler.
* Capacity, temperature, pressure.
* Use of steam.
* Locations of mounting/accessories
* Types of fuel used
* Water/steam and flue gas path.
(4) Study of condensers and cooling towers.
(5) Locate faults in given I.C. engine and suggest remedial measures.
(6) Disassemble, assemble and inspection of
* Fuel pump
* Fuel injector and
* Carburetor
(7) Locate faults and suggest remedial measures for Domestic refrigerators, Water
coolers and Window air conditioners.
(8) Perform testing of boiler.
(9) Perform testing of I.C. engine.
(10) Perform testing of air compressor.
(11) Comment on Valve timing diagram for a given I.C. engine.
(12) Determine C.O.P. of Vapor compression refrigeration system.
(13) Conduct Morse test on I.C. engine.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

S r. T R S EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks

No. NO. NO. strategy needed

1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Model

2. 1.2 Classroom instructions Charts, Model

[Link] OHP

3. 1.3 [Link] -----

4. 1.4 Classroom instruction Charts ,Model,OHP

5. 1.5 [Link] IS

6. 1.6 Classroom instruction Charts ,[Link]

7. 2 2.1 Classroom instruction Charts ,Model

[Link]

8. 2.2 [Link] Psychrometric

home assighment Chart

9. REFERENCES :

1. Thermal Engineering [Link]

2. Thermal Engineering [Link]
3. Heat Engines [Link] & [Link]
4. Heat Engines Pandya and Shah
5. Heat Engineering Vasandani and Kumar
6. Elements of Heat Engines Patel and Karamchandani
Vol. I,II,III
7. An introduction to Energy conversion Kadambi and Manoharprasad
Vol. I, II, III
8. Thermodynamics and Heat power Engg. Mathur and Mehta
9. Heat Engines [Link]

10. Refrigeration and Air conditioning Domkundwar

10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
NO. WEIGHTAGE
1 Boilers 15
2 Steam prime movers 10
3 Steam condensers and cooling towers 05
4 Air compressors 10
5 I.C. Engines 25
6 Gas turbines 05
7 Refrigeration and Air conditioning 25

8 Heat transfer 05
Total 100

11. SUPPORT GROUP

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :

1. Prof. K. S. Rathod
2. Prof. K. C. Patel
3. Prof. I.D. Patel
4. Prof. Y.C. Joshi
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji

(C) TTTI FACULTY :

1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE: SM-601
COURSE NAME: ADVANCE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM (AMS)

1. RATIONALE
The manufacturing systems have witnessed an exponential growth in the last decade or so because of the
increased use of computers. Computers also have grown tremendously in their speed of computation and
other abilities. Because of the computerization, machines also have gone through a range of design
changes and their utilization and arrangement. The factories of future may be unmanned and fully
automatic as result of this integration. This course will provide a student an insight into the modern day
manufacturing systems and equip him with an ability to cope with the development.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. COURSE NAME OF COURSE TEACHING EXAMINATION

NO. CODE SCHEME SCHEME
L P TH. PR. T.W. TOTAL

01 SM-601 Advance Manufacturing System 3 2 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS

NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction 03 -- 03
2. Group Technology (GT) 08 14 22
3. Cellular Manufacturing 04 -- 04
4. Just in Time (JIT) 03 02 05
5. Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) 09 04 13
6. Robotics 03 02 05
7. Integration of CAD with CAM 04 02 06
8. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) 04 02 06
9. Concurrent Engineering 04 02 06
Total 42 28 70

4. OBJECTIVES :

1. Know evolution of manufacturing technology and systems.

2. Understand concept of group technology (GT).
3. Develop codes of given components using GT codification systems.
4. Know concept of flexible manufacturing system (FMS).
5. Develop simple FMS layout for given simple group of components.
6. Understand concept of just in time (JIT), concurrent engineering (CE) and computer integrated
manufacturing (CIM).
7. Know terminology and features of robots.
8. Know CAD/CAM protocols & interfacing used in integration.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS
1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Recall Evolution of transformation & manufacturing Systems.

1.2 Need, importance, & scope of AMS in Indian context.
1.3 Concept, components, working and features of Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machine.
1.4 Principles, working , features and applications of CNC for non-conventional processes. (such
as wire cut, laser, EDM and other in current trend)

2.0 GROUP TECHNOLOGY (GT)

2.1 GT : Concept, Definition, Need, Scope, & benefits.

2.2 GT Codification Systems : Types, importance, part families, part classification and coding
systems, examples/case study.
2.3 GT Layout : Concept, need, importance, comparison with conventional layout with
examples/case study, benefits.
2.4 Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) : Conventional process planning & examples;
CAPP- Concept, types, features, methods and importance.
3.0 Cellular Manufacturing
3.1 Concept and definition, application and benefits
3.2 Part family and cell formation
3.3 Composite component and key machine concepts
3.4 Cell layout and design
3.5 Job and tool movement within cell
3.6 Types of cell: manual and automatic cell, assembly cell, comparison of cell and Flexible
Manufacturing Cell (FMC)

4.0 Just In Time (JIT)

4.1 JIT concept, meaning, definition, need and reasons to include this concept in AMS.
4.2 Unnecessary elements in conventional manufacturing system with reference to JIT with suitable
engineering examples/ case study.
4.3 JIT implementation requirement.

5.0 Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS).

5.1 Flexible Manufacturing Unit (FMU), turn-mill centres, multiple centres, advanced machining
centres, etc.

5.2 Transfer line: concept, meaning, features & examples.

5.3 Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) : concept, meaning & benefits.

5.4 FMS : layout concept, system, tool handling system, material handling principle and system.

5.5 Automated Guided Vehicles (AGV) in FMS: concept, definition, types, functions, signal flow
diagram, line balancing, Automated Storage and Retrieval System (AS/RS), case examples of
FMS for specific components/group of components.
6.0 ROBOTICS
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Robots-concept, definition, economic justification, benefits.
6.3 Robots-types, classification, various terminology, specification criterion.
6.4 Axes nomenclature, elements, control, for each type of robots.
6.5 Sensors- types, classifications, working and applications.

7.0 INTEGRATION OF COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (CAD) WITH COMPUTER AIDED

MANUFACTURING (CAM).

7.1 Concept, meaning, importance and benefits.

7.2 Activities involved in integration of CAD with CAM.
7.3 Features and applications of software packages having CAD/CAM integration.
7.4 Interfacing: types, standards, features & applications.

8.0 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING (CIM).

8.1 Concept, definition, areas covered and benefits.

8.2 CIM: need, block diagram & explanations, importance & features of each terms involved.
8.3 Computer Aided Inspection- concept, benefit, types, working and examples,
Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) - its working and applications.
8.4 Protocols in CIM- their features, functions and applications.

9.0 CONCURRENT ENGINEERING (CE).

9.1 Introduction
9.2 Concept, meaning, terminology, definitions and objective in CE
9.3 Parallel processing & CE team.
9.4 Schemes, their definition and exemplification for CE.

6.0 LABORATORY EXPERIENCES:

SR. NO. TITLE HRS.
1 Develop GT codes in suitable part coding system for approximately 10 to 20 06
components. Take components of any machine tool from workshop. Also
include details for cutting tools. Requirements for each component. Give this
exercise to each student.
2 Prepare database for exercise 1 and analyse this database on any available data *06
base software.
3 Prepare block diagram/structure for any group developed in exercise no.1 for 02
use in CAPP.
4 Brief report on JIT 02
5 Develop conceptual FMS model for any group taken in exercise 1. Also explain 04
steps & procedure for model. This exercise should be held in a group of 3-4
students & group should represent seminar for the model developed.
6 Demonstration/visualization for sensors & their applications. 02
7 Seminar representation by each student. (This includes case study, also topic 06
should be given by teachers from topic no. 5,6,7 and 8)

* This includes necessary learning of latest available database softwares.

7.0 REFERENCES

1. CAD/CAM/CIM by [Link] krishnan & [Link] narayan

(New Age Intentional)
2. Computer Integrated by [Link]
Manufacturing (PHI Publication)
3. Computer Integrated by Bedworth, Wolfe and Anderson (McGraw Hill International
Design & Manufacturing publication)
4. Automation, Production and by Mikell P. Groover, (PHI publication)
Computer integrated
Manufacturing
5. Mechatronics by HMT
6. Mechatronics by Bradleg and Offers (Chapman and Hall publication)
7. Introduction to Robotics by Arthur J. Critchlow (Mc Millan publication)
8. Robotics for engineers by Yorom Koran (Mc G.H. Publication)
9. Practical Robotics by Willium C. Burns Jr. & Janet Evans worthington (PH
publication)
10. Computer aided manufacturing by Rao, Tiwari & Kundra ( TMGH Publication)
11. Computer automated
Manufacturing by John H. Powers Jr. (Mc GH Publication)
12. CAD/CAM/FOF, Vol I,II, & III by Juneja, Pujara & Sagar (TMGH)
13. Production and operations
management by Chase/Aquilano (Irwin publication)

8.0 SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES:

TOPIC INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY KEY RESOURCES NEEDED

NO.
1 Class room, Industrial visit, video cassettes/CD, OHP,PC with multimedia, VCR/TV
2 ---do---, workshop floor, database, software ---do---, database, software, PC
3 -do- -do-
4 ---do--- ---do---
5 ---do---, Group discussions ---do---
6,7,8,9 ---do---, seminars, software demonstrations on ---do---
the topics

9.0 ASSESSMENT SCHEME:

TOPIC NO NAME OF TOPIC % Weightage

1. Introduction 10
2. Group Technology (GT) 20
3. Cellular Manufacturing 10
4. Just in Time (JIT) 05
5. Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) 20
6. Robotics 10
7. Integration of CAD with CAM 10
8. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) 10
9. Concurrent Engineering 05
Total 100
10.0 SUPPORT GROUP :

(A) POLYTECHIC FACULTY

1. Prof. D.S. Dave
2. “ [Link],
3. “ G.D. Vaghela
4. “ P.R. Rathod
5. “ [Link]

(B) CDC FACULTY

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM-602
COURSE NAME : PROJECT(WITH SEMINAR)
1. RATIONALE
This course enable the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or
skills developed during the programme to new situation or problem for which
there are number of Engineering solutions. This course includes a planning
of the programme which is to be completed within the time allocated, the
maintenance of a log book and the preparation of a report. The report contains
the reasons for all decisions taken.
Thus by studying this course abilities like creativity, initiative, performance
qualities are developed in students.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION :-

SR. CODE NAME OF COURSE L P Exam. scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pra. T.W. Total
1. SM-602 PROJECT(WITH SEMINAR) - 8 - 50 50 100

Note : Project should be offered in last (Final) Semester.

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
SR. DETAILS HOURS
No.
1. (A) Minor Project 22
(B) Major Project 90
Total 112

4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES

TRS 1. Integrate generic and technology related skills in Project work.

5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Give instructions orally.
2. Present papers in Seminars.
3. Face oral examinations confidently.
4. Give written instructions to carryout jobs.
5. Write report on project work (mini and major) undertaken.
6. Write brief reports of various types (inspection, installation, commissioning,
progress report, test reports, trouble reports, status report of materials,
industrial visits, shift reports in log books etc.)

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES (PROJECT WITH SEMINAR)

A. MINOR PROJECT
The Minor Project includes the independent work carried out by the student
in any one of the following areas:

(1) Feasibility Report:( Practice for preparing feasibility report based on data/
assumption)
Prepare a feasibility report to start a small scale Industry for a simple product
of student’s [Link] report should be in line with the requirements of
proposal from District Industries centre/GSFC/ GIIC etc.

(2) Investigation :
The report includes the Investigations carried out in the suggested areas such
as (any one) :
(a) Tool life/ critical speed investigations.
(b) Heat loses in I.C. Engines using different laggings.
(c) Fault finding in Machine Tools, equipments etc.
(d) Work sampling / activity sampling of office, workshop Library etc. of polytech-
nics.

(3) Live Case Studies :

Case study report done in areas like (any one)
- Advance manufacturing process or machine tool.
- Process planning.
- Toolings and their equipment.
- Latest management techniques.
- Safety Engineering aspects.
- Material handling equipment.
(4) Report based on survey :
Survey report based in areas like
- I.E. techniques.
- Management techniques.
- Customer requirements/satisfaction.
- Technical aspects.

B. MAJOR PROJECT
(A) Stages:
(1) Literature/Market survey
(2) Selection of project
(3) Justification of selection
(4) Selection of materials
(5) Selection of Manufacturing processes, machine tools, Cutting tools, forming
tools, Inspection tools, holding tools, cutting parameters and its applications.
(6) Process planning for all the components.
(7) Design and /or production drawing preparation.(computer may be used here)
(8) Activity planning and work distribution with Time Schedule using Gantt chart
and CPM.
(9) Execution of the Project.
(10) Problem encountering in Materials and processes.
(11) Strategies used for finding solution of problem.
(12) Manufacture components parts etc.
(13) Assembly .
(14) Try-out.
(15) Modification if necessary.
(16) Costing.
(B) Report Writing Format :
- Rationale (Brief of Project in one page)
- Acknowledgment.
- Index :
(1) Selection of project.
(2) Detail and Assembly drawing
(3) Activity planning and work distribution with time schedule.
(4) Sequences of Manufacturing Processes adopted .
(5) Process of Assembling .
(6) Try-out, Testing and analysis of results in the forms of tables, graph,bar charts
and other charts.
(7) Costing .
(8) Technical problem and its solution.
(9) Specifications of machine tools, measuring instruments, equipment, tools and
hand tools used.
(10) Specifications of purchased parts.
(11) Utility of the project.
(12) Conclusion.
- References
SEMINAR :
Project should be defended by the group before whole class in the presence
of atleast TWO expert teachers and ONE expert from industry as external
examiner. Minimum three experts should be involved and minimum time
for defense per group should be 30 minutes. Project brief of one page should
be circulated to all students and experts. The students should be encouraged
to ask questions for further clarification.

NOTE TO TEACHERS :-
* The major project should be:-
- Innovative in nature
- Feasible using the infrastructure of the Institute.
- To give practice for drawing/drafting.
- Incorporating major manufacturing processes if possible.
- Non repetitive in nature
- To develop the generic as well as Technology related skills.
- Having measurable and analytical end results.
* The typical examples of the Major project could be :-
- Tooling Equipment - Attachments
- Mechanisms
- Working model of equipment or machine
- Test Benches
- Energy conservation Units
- Non Conventional Energy equipment
- Laboratory demonstration Units
- Measuring and Inspection set ups etc.

7. REFERENCES
* Use of Library
(1) Reference books
(2) Hand books
(3) Encyclopedia
(4) Magazens
(5) Periodicals
(6) Jurnals
(7) Visits of
(i) Industry (ii) Organizations Related
(iii) Institutions etc. as per the requirement.

8. SUPPORT GROUP
(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :
1. Prof. Y. R. Joshi
2. Prof. G.D. Acharya
3. Prof. H. V. Doshi
4. Prof. N.K. Lapsiwala
5. Prof. A.B. Rajyaguru
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE: SM-603
COURSE NAME: POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

1. RATIONALE
Cheap and abundant supply of electrical power generated by steam power plants, nuclear power plants,
I.C. engine power plants and hydro-electric power plants is the key factor in the economical development
and progress of country. Since the power turns the wheels of industry and railway, lifts the water for
irrigation and drinking, illuminates and operates commercial and domestic appliances. Hence per capita
consumption of electric power is regarded as an index of living standard.

Power plant engineering covers application of thermodynamics, heat transfer, fluid mechanics and nuclear
physics. Young engineers & technicians are required to study design, installation, operation and
maintenance of power plant components for better energy efficiency and the least polluting effect upon
the environment.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. COURSE NAME OF COURSE TEACHING EXAMINATION

NO. CODE SCHEME SCHEME

L P TH. PR. T.W. TOTAL

01 SM-603 POWER PLANT 03 02 100 50 25 175
ENGINEERING

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS

NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction 02 04 06
2. Steam Power Plant Cycles 04 -- 04
3. Steam Generating Unit 02 06 08
4. Steam Prime Movers 04 04 08
5. Steam Condensers & Cooling Towers 02 -- 02
6. Steam Power Station Controls 04 02 06
7. Diesel Engine Power Plant 05 04 09
8. Gas Turbine Power Plant 05 02 07
9. Nuclear Power Plant 08 04 12
10. Hydel Power Plant 03 02 05
11. Power Plant Economics 03 -- 03
Total 42 28 70

4. OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand thermodynamic applications of power cycles.

2. Understand basic components of different types of power plant.
3. Analyse performance of power plant equipment for optimizing their efficiency.
4. Understand governing and control systems of various power plant.
5. Understand and analyse problems pertaining to pollution control, waste disposal and safety regulation in
different types of power plant.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Sources of energy.
1.2 Concept of power plants.
1.3 Types of power plants.
1.4 Energy conversion in various power plant such as thermal, diesel. & nuclear power plants.
1.5 Central and captive power plants.
1.6 National grid.
1.7 Basic elements of various power plants (Steam power plant, diesel engine power plant, Gas
turbine power plant.)
1.8 Technical data of basic elements of different power plants and over all specifications of
power plant.

2.0 STEAM POWER PLANT CYCLES.

2.1 Parameters of power cycles such as thermal efficiency, work ratio, mean effective
pressure, specific steam consumption.
2.2 Carnot cycle for gas and vapour as working fluid.
2.3 Simple Rankine cycle.
2.4 Methods of improving Rankine cycle efficiency.
2.5 Reheat cycle and Regenerative cycle.

3.0 STEAM GENERATING UNIT.

3.1 Schematic diagram of Modern thermal power plant.
3.2 Various circuits of modern thermal power plant.
3.3 High pressure boilers such as Lamount boiler, Benson boiler, Loeffler boiler, Schmidt
Hartman boiler.
3.4 Super heaters, Air pre heaters.
3.5 Boiler furnaces.
3.6 Pulverised fuel system.
3.7 Different types of draft system in Boilers.
3.8 Parameters related to power plant performance.

4.0 STEAM PRIMEMOVERS.

4.1 Concept of prime mover, Steam turbine.
4.2 Governing of steam turbine.
4.3 Starting and stopping procedure of steam turbine.
4.4 Performance of steam turbine.

5.0 STEAM CONDENSERS AND COOLING TOWERS.

5.1 Working principle of surface condenser.
5.2 Parameters for condenser performance.
5.3 Purpose and working of cooling towers.

6.0 STEAM POWER STATION CONTROLS.

6.1 Effect of load variation in steam plant.
6.2 Area control system and Centralized control system.
6.3 Basic elements & requirement of control system.
6.4 Compressed air control system and electrical control system.
6.5 Various control parameters and instruments used in modern station control room.
6.6 Feed water control system in modern power station.
6.7 Steam temperature control.
6.8 Purpose of various record maintained in steam power plant.
7.0 DIESEL ENGINE POWER PLANT.
7.1 Application of I.C. engine.
7.2 Advantages and disadvantages of diesel engine as a prime mover.
7.3 Essential elements of diesel power plant and their function.
7.4 Explanation of various systems of diesel power plant.

8.0 GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT.

8.1 Concept of Brayton cycle.
8.2 Advantages of gas turbine over diesel engine as prime mover.
8.3 Methods of improving performance of gas turbine plant.
8.4 Important components of gas turbine power plant and their functions.
8.5 Essential auxiliaries of gas turbine power plant.
8.6 Governing system.
8.7 Fuel supply system of gas turbine plant.

9.0 NUCLEAR POWER PLANT.

9.1 Basic nuclear physics fundamentals.
9.2 Nuclear fuels.
9.3 Basic elements of a nuclear reactor.
9.4 Classification of nuclear reactor.
9.5 Schematic diagrams and working and comparison of Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water
reactor, CANDU type reactor.
9.6 Criteria for location of nuclear power plant.
9.7 Comparison of nuclear plant with steam power plant.
9.8 Units of radiation.
9.9 Safe dose of radiation recommended by physicists.
9.10 Effect of radiation.
9.11 Disposal of nuclear waste.
9.12 Technical details of nuclear power plants in India.

10.0 HYDEL POWER PLANT.

10.1 Purpose of multi-purpose hydro project.
10.2 Advantages and disadvantages of hydro power station considering the economic factor.
10.3 Basic elements of hydro power plant.
10.4 Classification of Hydro-electric power plant.
10.5 Water turbine used in Hydro power plant.
10.6 Factors for selecting hydraulic turbines.
10.7 Auxiliaries attached with Hydro-power plant.
10.8 Governing of water turbine.
10.9 Stages of starting and stopping of turbine of hydro-electric power station.

11.0 POWER PLANT ECONOMICS .

11.1 Cost of power.
11.2 Economics of power generation and distribution.
11.3 Economics in plant selection.
6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES

1. Study of basic elements of various power plants.

2. Study of high pressure boilers.
3. Study of Boiler furnaces .
4. Study of coal and ash handling system of modern thermal power station.
5. Study of governing systems of steam turbine.
6. Study of control systems of steam power plant.
7. Study of diesel power plant.
8. Study of gas-turbine power plant.
9. Study of nuclear reactors.
10. Study of nuclear power plant.
11. Study of hydro - power plant.
12. Field visit reports (Compulsory )
Note: In this course above experiments can be studied with the help of audio-visual aids and also
seminar or group discussion techniques can be used. Visit to power plants in Gujarat can be arranged
at the following power plants.
(i) Dhuvaran thermal/gas turbine power plant.
(ii) The [Link]., Sabarmati power plant.
(iii) Gas turbine power plant [Link]. Ltd. Vatva.
(iv) Ukai Hydro/thermal power plant.
(v) Kakrapar Nuclear power project.
(vi) Tarapur atomic power plant Boisar.
(vii) Bhabha atomic research centre Trombay.
Visit to outside Gujarat power station or research centre can be done with prior permission of DTE if
opportunity is given.

7. REFERENCES
[Link] TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
1 A course in power plant engineering [Link] Dhanpatrai &
[Link] sons, N. Delhi
2 Power plant engineering [Link] Attiliated East
–West press
New Delhi
3 Power plant engineering [Link] STD Book
House Delhi
4 Power plant engineering [Link] --
5 Power plant engineering Mahesh Verma Metro Book
New Delhi
6 Power plant engineering [Link] Mc Graw Hill
Publication
7 Power plant Technology [Link] --
8 Nuclear Power plant Lofftness [Link]
Nostrand
[Link] N. York
9 Course material in power plant LRDC Gujarat --
engineering ([Link])
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

Topic Instructional Strategies Key resources needed

No.
01 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP
02 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP
03 Classroom instructions, OHP, Video films Charts,
Lab. Demonstration Models field visits
04 Classroom instructions, Charts, Models field visit
Lab. Demonstration
05 Classroom instructions, Lab. Demonstration Model, Charts field visit
06 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP Video films
07 Classroom instructions, Lab. Demonstration OHP, Models, Charts field
visit, Video film
08 Classroom instructions Charts, OHP, Video film
Field visit
09 Classroom instructions, Lab. Study Charts, OHP Video films
field visit

10 Classroom instructions, Lab. Study Charts, Models field visit

OHP, video film
11 Classroom instructions ---

9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Topic Name of Topics % weightage

No.
1 Introduction 05
2 Steam Power Plant Cycles 10
3 Steam Generating Unit 12
4 Steam Prime Movers 10
5 Steam Condensers & Cooling Towers 05
6 Steam Power Station Controls 10
7 Diesel Engine Power Plant 10
8 Gas Turbine Power Plant 10
9 Nuclear Power Plant 15
10 Hydel Power Plant 08
11 Power Plant Economics 05
Total 100

10. SUPPORT GROUP

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY
1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
3. “ [Link]
4. “ [Link]
5. “ [Link]

(B) C.D.C. FACULTY

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM-604
COURSE NAME : INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
1. RATIONALE
This course will develop in the students the abilities to evaluate manufacturing
jobs in monetary units, employ the techniques of raising productivity and employ
quality control [Link] knowledge of this course is required for all
Mechanical engineering technicians.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. CODE COURSE L P Exam. Scheme

NO. NO. Th. Pr. T.W. Total
1. SM-604 INDUSTRIAL 3 2 100 50 25 175
ENGINEERING

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL

1. Productivity and Work Study 3 - 03

2. Techniques of Work Study 12 18 32
3. Job Evaluation, Enrichment, Wages and 4 - 04
Incentives
4. Introduction to Quality Assurance 5 - 05
5. Control Charts for Variables and 7 8 15
Attributes
6. Statistical Tolerencing 2 - 02
7. Acceptance Sampling 2 2 04
8. Reliability 1 - 01
9. Ergonomics 2 - 02
10. Emerging Trends in Industrial Engg. 4 - 04
Total 42 28 70
4. TECHNOLOGY RELATED SKILLS AND ENABLING OBJECTIVES
TRS 1. Carry out work measurement and method study.
EO’s
1.1 Describe productivity and works study techniques for productivity improvement.
(Topic 1,2)
1.2 Explain method study. (Topic 2)
1.3 Explain work measurement. (Topic 2)
1.4 Discuss plant layout methods. (Topic 2)
1.5 Select material handling equipment for given situation. (Topic 2)
1.6 Discuss job evaluation, job enrichment, wages and incentives.
(Topic 3)
1.7 State importance of re-engineering technique. (Topic 10)
TRS 2. Select and use quality assurance techniques.
EO’s
2.1 Illustrate quality assurance techniques including SQC, TQM, ISO 9000 and
acceptance sampling. (Topic 8,10)
2.2 Explain reliability concept. (Topic 8)
TRS 3. Use Ergonomics concept.
EO’s
3.1 Describe the concept of Ergonomics. (Topic 9)
3.2 Apply the concept of Ergonomics in a given situation. (Topic 9)

5. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Deliver a talk on a topic fluently and confidently for five minute (or more).
2. Face oral examinations confidently.
3. Describe an object, process or procedure.
4. Fill up various types of forms/formats and maintain records.
5. Compile and interpret process data periodically.
6. TOPICS AND SUB TOPICS

TOPIC 1 PRODUCTIVITY AND WORK STUDY

1.1 Role and scope of INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING.
1.2 Concept of productivity and its importance in IE.
1.3 Definition of work study.
1.4 Techniques of work study.
1.5 Importance of human factors in application of work study techniques.
1.6 Role of work study in productivity improvement.
TOPIC 2 TECHNIQUE OF WORK STUDY.
2.1 Objectives of method study.
2.2 Steps in method study.
2.3 Methods of recording data for method study job with the help of
standard symbols, charts and forms.
2.4 Use of questioning technique in analysing data for method study job.
2.5 Develop and improve the method based on analysis of problem.
2.6 Motion economy and its importance.
2.7 Design of efficient work place layout using motion economy.
2.8 Chart used for analysing work place layout.
2.9 Role and scope of micro motion study techniques.
2.10 Presentation of work elements into therbligs.
2.11 Preparation and use of SIMO chart.
2.12 Use of film in micromotion study.
2.13 Plant layout :
- Definition. - Types. - Application.
- Advantages and limitation.
2.14 Material handling equipment :
- Classification. - Uses.
- Effect of method study on plant layout and material handling.
2.15 Concept of work measurement.
- Need for time study equipment and forms.
- Situation which requires time study.
- Process of time study.
- Concept of rating.
- Time study allowance.
- Determination of standard time for a given job.
- Concept of work sampling.
- Other work measurement methods.

TOPIC 3 JOB EVALUATION, ENRICHMENT, WAGES AND INCENTIVES

3.1 Concept of job analysis, job specification, job description, job evaluation and
job enrichment.
3.2 Different methods of job evaluation.
3.3 Wages : Principle and types.
3.4 Incentives : Definition, purpose, types and application, role of incentives in wage
plan.
TOPIC 4 INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY ASSURANCE (Q.A)
4.1 Definition of quality, Quality control, Quality assurance, SQC and reliability.
4.2 Historical development of QA and its stages.
4.3 QA tools.
4.4 Concept of probability
4.5 Concept of variability, SQC tools and Statistical fundamental.
TOPIC 5 CONTROLS CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES
5.1 Satistical basis for control charts
- Variables and attributes.
5.2 Control charts for variables : X - R chart, X - 6 (sigma) chart.
5.3 Control charts for attributes :
- Different types of P-charts, C-chart.
5.4 Concept of process capability.
TOPIC 6 STATISTICAL TOLERENCING
6.1 Definition and principle of statistical tolerencing.
6.2 Situation which leads to statistical tolerencing.
6.3 Calculation of overall tolerance from given data of components.
TOPIC 7 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING
7.1 Quality control of in coming raw material and components.
7.2 Concepts of random sampling.
7.3 Sampling plans : definition, types(Single, double and multiple)
7.4 QC curve.
TOPIC 8 RELIABILITY
8.1 Concept, definition, difference between reliability and quality control.
8.2 Factors affecting and improving reliability.
TOPIC 9 ERGONOMICS
9.1 Introduction.
9.2 Psycho-physiological data.
9.3 Enthrocometry.
9.4 Normal and Maximum work area.
9.5 Location of control Knobs, visual displays.
9.6 Fatigue in industry, environmental requirements, effect of illumination, noise,
temperature, humidity.
TOPIC 10 EMERGING TRENDS IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
10.1 Concept of emerging trends in IE such as ISO 9000, Re-engineering,
TQM/TQC , KAIZEN, JIT.
10.2 Important features of ISO 9000 and TQM/TQC.

7. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
SR. NAME OF PRACTICAL /EXERCISE HOURS
NO.
1. Estimate element time using decimal minute stop watch 2
2. Prepare OPC for given assembly(4 to 5 component assembly) 2
3. Prepare flow process chart and flow diagram for given 4
assembly for OPC.
4. Prepare Man and Machine chart for given situation 2
5. Calculate co-efficient of co-relation for time study 2
person using performance rating technique.
6. Prepare a string diagram for a given situation. 2
7. Calculate standard time for a given job using decimal 4
minute stop watch techniques.
8. Prepare a frequency distribution curve for a given data. 2
9. Construct X-R chart for given process. 2
10. Construct P-chart for given process. 2
11. Construct C-chart for given product. 2
12. Decide about acceptance or rejection of a given lot of 2
particular product using single sampling or double
sampling plan for a given data.
Total 28 Hrs.
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

Sr. TRS EO's Instructional Key resources Remarks

No. NO. NO. strategy needed

1. 1 1.1 Classroom instructions Charts, Handouts,

[Link]/ demonstration
2. 1.2 --- " --- Video-cassettes OHP.
Charts.
3. 1.3 ---"---- ---"---

4. 1.4 Classroom instruction Handouts

5. 1.5 Classroom instructions Charts

Industrial Visit

6. 1.6 Classroom instructions Handouts

Home Assighment

7 1.7 Classroom instructions Handouts

Video-cassettes OHP.

8 2 2.1 Classroom instructions Charts

[Link]/ demonstration Video-cassettes OHP.
Group Discussions

9 2.2 ----"---- ----"---

10 3 3.1 Classroom instructions Handouts

11 3.2 demonstration -------

9. REFERENCES
1. Industrial Engineering and Industrial Management Pulela
2. Learning Package in Industrial Engineering TTTI, Bhopal
3. Inspection and Quality Control N.P.C.
4. An Introduction to Productivity N.P.C.
5. Method Study N.P.C.
6. Work Measurement N.P.C.
7. Plant Layout and Material Handling N.P.C.
8. Handbook of Industrial Engineering Gavriel & Salvendy
9. A Laboratory Manual in Industrial Engineering TTTI, Bhopal
10. Work Study I.L.O.
11. Work Study Curry
12. Work Study and related Management service Dennis A.
White move
13. Principles of Work study [Link] Morris
14. Motion and Time Study Mandel
15. Motion and Time Study [Link]

10. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC PERCENTAGE
No. WEIGHTGE
1. Productivity and Work study 10
2. Techniques of Work study 25
3. Job evaluation, enrichment, wages and 10
incentives
4. Introduction to Quality Assurance 10
5. Control charts for variables and 15
attributes
6. Statistical tolerencing 05
7. Acceptance sampling 05
8. Reliability 05
9. Ergonomics 05
10. Emerging trends in IE 10
Total 100
11. SUPPORT GROUP

(A) POLYTECHNIC FACULTY :

1. Prof. D. M. Patel
2. Prof. [Link]
3. Prof. D. S. Dave
4. Prof. P. C. Bhavsar
5. Prof. A. M. Talsaniya
(B) CDC FACULTY :
1. Prof. J. P. Patel
2. Prof. S. R. Mishra
3. Prof. H. B. Darji
(C) TTTI FACULTY :
1. Prof. S. K. Saxena
2. Prof. K.K. Jain
COURSE CODE: SM-605
COURSE NAME: COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN /COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING (CAD/CAM)

1. RATIONALE
This course will develop abilities in students required in developing design and manufacturing systems
with modern age industry. To cope up with the challenges posed by the rapid technological
advancement, this course sounds for its space. In the globalization era, the industrial mordernazation &
its revolution have increased automation / computerization. An integrated approach is getting
movement for transformation processes. It is essentials for diploma level students to understand and
operate integrated systems. Looking to these aspects, it is emphasized in this course that students be
acquainted in CAD/CAM environment.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

NO. COURSE NAME OF COURSE L P EXAM SCHEME
CODE TH. PRA. T.W. TOTAL
1 SM-605 CAD/CAM 3 2 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING
TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS
NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Fundamentals of Computer aided drafting /Design 03 -- 03
(CAD) and computer aided manufacturing (CAM)
2. Hardware in CAD system 03 -- 03
3. Software in CAD system 04 -- 04
4. AutoCAD commands and Autolisp 11 12 23
5. Solid Modeling 02 06 08
6. Computer Aided Manufacturing 08 -- 08
7. CNC part Programming 08 10 18
8. Recent trends in CAD/CAM 03 -- 03
Total 42 28 70

4. OBJECTIVES:

1. Familiarize with CAD/CAM terminology, need, importance and application.

2. Know hardware requirements for CAD softwares.
3. Know features and applications of various CAD softwares.
4. Prepare 2D production drawings using AutoCAD commands.
5. Prepare 3D drawings using wire frame, surface and solid modeling.
6. Prepare simple Auto LISP programme using 2D drawing and editing commands.
7. Know features of CNC machines.
8. Prepare CNC part programme for simple turning and milling operations using linear and circular
interpolations.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS

1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING / DESIGN (CAD) AND

COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING (CAM)

1.1 History, concept and definitions of CAD and CAM.

1.2 Need, salient features, benefits and functional areas of CAD.
1.3 Design steps and reasons for implementing CAD system.

2.0 HARDWARE IN CAD SYSTEM.

2.1 CAD workstation: Block diagram, concept, definition, classification and functions.
2.2 Configuration of CAD Work Station: Configuration, terminology and its meaning.
2.3 Graphics : Types and features of graphic terminals
2.4 Input and output devices: types, configuration applications and installation.
2.5 Familiarize with various cords and ports.

3.0 SOFTWARE IN CAD SYSTEM.

3.1 Graphic packages : Types, features, system requirements and applications ; GUI- concept
meaning & features; Graphics standards such as GKS, PHIG, IGES
3.2 2D and 3D geometric transformations.
3.3 Geometric modeling: Types, features, comparison and applications.
3.4 Animation concept, need and applications.

4.0 AutoCAD COMMANDS AND AUTOLISP

4.1 Recall fundamentals of Auto CAD and basic commands of Auto CAD learned in course
S-107/SM-251.
4.2 Auto CAD files: Types, uses and applications.
4.3 List and understand the significance, format and applications of following commands : HELP
remaining 2D drawing commands, dimensioning with variables, ISOPLANE, ELEVATION,
THICKNESS, VPOINT, HIDE, SURFTAB1,SURFTAB2, TABSURF, RULESURF,
EDGESURF, REVSURF, 3D FACE, PFACE, PEDIT, UCS, UCSICON, 3D solid model
generation with use of available drawing/editing 3D commands and libraries, DVIEW,
VPORTS.
4.4 Model space and paper space-concept, meaning & applications.
4.5 Introduction to Auto LISP, storing and running programmes in Autolisp.
4.6 Data types.
4.7 Simple Auto LISP programming for 2D drawing. (Simple programme should include 2D
drawing & editing commands).

5.0 SOLID MODELING.

5.1 Introduction to parametric, non parametric and feature based modeling.

5.2 Modeling with solid modeling packages like Pro- Engineer,IDEAS, Catia, or other in current
trend (on any one avialble)
6.0 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING.

6.1 CNC: Introduction, types & classification, features, specifications, benefits and
applications.
6.2 Salient constructional features of CNC machine differing from conventional machine (Such
as ball screw, anti-friction slides, step/ servomotors, encoder, decoder, etc.)
6.3 CNC tooling- types, working and applications of ATC; types standards and applications of
qualified tools.
6.4 Work holding and loading devices.

7.0 CNC PART PROGRAMMING.

7.1 CNC axis, motion nomenclature and coordinate systems.

7.2 Machine control systems-types and applications.
7.3 CNC part programming: Structure of part programme, simple part programming for turning
and milling using ISO format (using G & M codes) including linear and circular
interpolations.
7.4 Macros, fixed cycle, canned cycle, subroutines.
7.5 Interfacing softwares for auto part programming – concept and application.

8.0 RECENT TRENDS IN CAD/CAM.

8.1 Adaptive control: Definition, meaning, and block diagram; sources of variability;
applications.
8.2 DNC: Definition, meaning, block diagram and applications.
8.3 CIM: Concept, definition, areas covered, benefits.
8.4 FMS & ROBOTICS IN CIM: Concept, definitions, meaning and applications.

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES:

[Link]. TITLE HRS.

1 Production 2D drawing including dimensioning, 08
limits, tolerances, sections, etc. (Minimum 3
production drawings).
2 Wire frame drawing –3D & viewing . 02
3 Surface model drawing & viewing . 02
4 Solid model drawing 3D & viewing. 04
5 Simple programme with Autolisp 02
6 Solid modeling with any one solid modeling package 06
Mentioned in topic no.5
7 Preparation and execution or simulation or 06
demonstration of simple part programme for turning
job which includes subroutines.
8 Preparation and execution or simulation or 04
demonstration of simple CNC part programme for
contour milling
9 Industrial visit of industries having CAD/CAM --
facilities.
7. REFERENCES

1. Computer integrated design & Manufacturing by Bedwoth, Wolfe and Anderson, MGH(1) publi.
2. Automation, production system and computer
integrated manufacturing by Nikell Groover, PHI Publi.
3. The ABC’s of Auto lisp by George ommura (BPB publication)
4. Mastering in Auto cad by George Ommura, (BPB publication)
5. CNC machines by Pabla & M. Adithan.
6. Numerical control and computer aided
manufacturing by [Link] & P.A. Rao (TMH Publication)
7. CAD/CAM/CIM by P. Radhakrishnan & [Link]
(New Age International)
8. Computer Integrated Manufacturing by [Link] , (PHI Publication)
9. Technology of computer aided design and
Manufacturing by S. Kumar and A. K. Jha (Dhanpatrai & Sons)
10. Computer Aided Manufacturing by Rao, Tiwari and Kundra, TMGH publi.
11. Computer Numerical Control by Hans B. Keif, T. Fredric Waters
Glencoe M. Publi.
12. CNC part programming by Pabla B.S. and Aditath, New Age publi.
13. Mechatronics by HMT (Published by TMGH)

8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

TOPIC NO INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY KEY RESOURCES

NEEDED
1 Classroom OHP
2 Classroom & Demonstration in Laboratory, OHP, PC with
video cassettes / CD multimedia, VCR
3 --do-- --do--, AutoCAD
softwares
4 --do-- --do--
5 --do-- --do--
6 --do--, industrial visit OHP, CNC
Machines simulation
softwares
7 --do-- --do--
8 --do-- --do--
9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC %

NO. weightage
1. Fundamentals of Computer aided drafting /Design 05
(CAD) and computer aided manufacturing (CAM)
2. Hardware in CAD system 05
3. Software in CAD system 10
4. Auto CAD commands and Autolisp 30
5. Solid modeling 10
6. Computer Aided Manufacturing 15
7. CNC part Programming 20
8. Recent trends in CAD/CAM 05
Total 100

10. SUPPORT GROUP:

(A) POLYTECHIC FACULTY

1. Prof. A. M. Talsaniya
2. “ G. D. Vaghela
3. “ P. R. Rathod
4. “ S. H. Sundarani

(B) CDC FACULTY

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM-606
COURSE NAME : REFRIGERATION AND AIR NCONDITIONING
1. RATIONALE:
Refrigeration and Air conditioning is rapidly is growing branch of industries in the new millennium,
which is an era of knowledge, information and computers. The course is based upon engineering
applications of Thermodynamics and heat transfers. The course content encompasses major
applications such as food preservation, processes industries, and comfort air conditioning.

Uses of CFC refrigerant in vapor compression system are contributing factors towards ozone
depletion hazards. Therefore, such refrigerants are to be non-CFC refrigerants by the year 2000 as
per the Montreal protocol. The equipment and the process of refrigeration and air conditioning should
be energy efficient and environment friendly to minimize problems of energy crisis and air pollution.

It is necessary to emphasis supreme importance of sound working knowledge of related theory and
practice of the subject. So that young engineers and servicemen in the field of the course can
analyze the root cause of the problems and decide on the corrective action without depending on
more guess work or hit & mass methods.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATIONS:

TEACHING
COURSE EXAMINATION
NAME OF COURSE SCHEME
CODE SCHEMES

REFRIGERATION AND AIR L P TH PR TW TOTAL

SM-606
CONDITIONING 03 02 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING AND ASSESSMENT:

TOPIC NO. NAME OF TOPIC NO OF HOURS

LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction 02 00 02
2. Air Refrigeration System 03 00 03
3. Vapour Compression System 06 06 12
4. Vapour Absorption System 03 02 05
5. Refrigerants 02 00 02
6. Application of refrigeration 02 00 02
7. Thermal Insulation 02 00 02
8. Applied Psychrometry 09 02 11
9. Estimation of Cooling load 05 04 09
10. Air Conditioning System 04 02 06
11. Air Handling System 04 02 06
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Service (to
12. 00 10 10
be done in laboratory)
TOTAL 42 28 70
4. OBJECTIVES:
1. Understanding needs and applications of refrigeration and air conditioning relevant to
present and projected industrial development.
2. Interpret thermodynamic analysis of refrigeration and air conditioning system.
3. Design refrigeration and air conditioning equipment for given design conditions using
standard tables and charts.
4. Understand basic procedure for operation and maintenance of refrigeration and air
conditioning plants.

5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS:

1.0 INTRODUCTION:

1.1 Refrigeration and Air conditioning: Importance, concept, basic principle, cycle
of operation, need classification and definition, Unit used.
1.2 Application of Refrigeration and Air conditioning in domestic and industrial
context.

2.0 AIR REFRIGERATION SYSTEM:

2.1 Bell- Coleman cycle, representation on P-V and S-T diagram.

2.2 C.O.P.
2.3 Simple and Boot Strap system and their analysis
2.4 Need for Aircraft Refrigeration.

3.0 VAPOUR COMPRESSION SYSTEM:

3.1 Simple, Standard vapour compression cycle and its analysis on P-h chart.
3.2 Calculations of refrigerating effect, work done and C.O.P., wet and dry
compression, simple examples.
3.3 Effect of different parameters on vapour compression cycle.
3.4 Practical vapour compression system.
3.5 System components, their construction and working.
3.5.1 Compressor - Reciprocating, Rotary, Screw and scroll.
3.5.2 Condensers - Air cooled and water cooled condensers,
Evaporators, Condensers.
3.5.3 Evaporators - Dx type, flooded, shell and tube type
evaporators.
3.5.4 Expansion Devices - Automatic, thermostatic and capillary tube High
side float valve.
3.5.5 Cooling Towers - Spray filled, induced and forced draught
definition of important terms.

4.0 VAPOUR ABSORPTION SYSTEM:

4.1 Simple vapour absorption system, working principle.(NH3- H2O)

4.2 Desirable characteristics of absorption pair.
4.3 Practical NH3-H2O absorption system.
4.4 Li-Br absorption system.
4.5 Eletrolux system.
4.6 Comparison with vapour compression system.
5.0 REFRIGERANTS:
5.1 Primary and secondary Refrigerant.
5.2 Classification.
5.3 Designation
5.4 Need of new refrigerants.
5.5 Desirable properties of Refrigerants.
5.6 Properties of R 22, R 134a, R717.

6.0 APPLICATION OF REFRIGERATION:ESIGN OF PRESS TOOLS

6.1 Study of Ice Plant, Cold storage, water Cooler and Domestic Refrigerator

7.0 THERMAL INSULATION:

7.1 Types of Insulation
7.2 Salient features of thermocol & fiber glass

8.0 APPLIED PSYCHOROMETRY:

8.1 Psychrometry properties of air such as DBT,WBT, DPT, absolute humidity,

relative humidity, specific humidity, humidity Ratio, degree of saturation,
specific volume, enthalpy, familiarization with tables of Psychometric properties
of air, simple calculations.
8.2 Psychometric charts and their use.
8.3 Psychometric processes.
Sensible heating, sensible cooling, addition and removal of latent heat
adiabatic mixing of air streams. Cooling and dehumidification, heating and
humidification, adiabatic saturation, Solution of problems using psychometric
chart.
8.4 Psychrometry
SHF and its determination with the help of different psychometric chart,
condition line room apparatus and coil apparatus dew point and their
determination with the help of chart, estimation of dehumidified air quantity. By
pass and contact factor.
8.5 Human Comfort.
8.5.1 Body temperature regulation.
8.5.2 Environmental influence on comfort.
8.5.3 Effective Temperature, factors affecting (ET)
8.5.4 Comfort chart and its limitations.
8.5.5 Ventilation.
8.6 Instruments for measuring psychometric properties. Sling Psychrometry, Dew
point Psychrometry, Organic hygrometer Aspiration Psychrometry.]

9.0 ESTIMATION OF COOLING LOADS:

9.1 Classification of loads.

9.2 Design conditions.
9.3 Over all heat transfer co-efficient and its calculation.
9.4 Flywheel effect of building material.
9.5 Effect of wall construction on cooling load.
9.6 Method of calculation cooling load due to walls, Roof and ceiling . Difference
between IHG and ICL. Use of labels.

9.7 Heat gain through glass.

9.8 Air infiltration and load due to it.
9.9. Load due to ventilated air, occupants, electric lights, product load load due to
appliances.
9.10 Calculation of plant capacity.
9.11 Cooling load calculation for cold storages and its capacity determination.

10.0 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS:

10.1 Air conditioning systems classification.

10.2 Working Principles of window air conditioner, central Plant, Packaged Plant
and spilt systems.
10.3 Evaporative cooling systems working Principles of Dessert coolers air
washers.

11.0 AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS:

11.1 Air filtration Various types, principles of working of different air filters.
11.2 Fans : Classification, different fans, Selection method, Terms used in fans,
Voltmeter and Pilot tube : their construction and working.
11.3 Duct Design : Estimation of duct size by equal fiction method with the help of
charts and tables, estimation of losses in ducts, Different material & layouts.
11.4 Air Distribution: Importance, terms used, different types of outlets, Grill,
Register, Diffusers, Location of outlets.

12.0 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SERVICING:

12.1 Tube operations: service tools and special tools.

12.2 System operation such as:
Vacuumization, leak detection, charging the system, pumping down etc.

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES.
Topic No. Name of Topic Hours
1 Study of Refrigerant compressors 02
2 Study of Different Condensers 02
Study of Different Evaporators
3 Study of Cooling Towers 02
Study of Expansion Devices
4 (1) Study and capacity determination of window air conditioning 02
(2) Study and capacity determination of Desert cooler
5 (1) Study of Domestic Refrigerator 02
(2) Study of Eletrolux Refrigerator
6 Tubing Operations 02
7 Study of fan and its testing 02
8 Building up of Refrigeration system 02
9 Service operations 02
10 (1) Study of ice Plants 02
(2) Study of water Coolers
11 (1) Study of Packaged Plant 02
(2) Study of split A/C
12 Exercise on Cooling load calculation of: 04
(a) Air Conditioning
(b) Cold Storage
13 Determination of properties of air by using different instruments 02
Total 28
NOTES: Industrial visits to be organized to show students manufacturing and /or places consisting of
(a) Central Plant (d) Fan Manufacturing units
(b) Ice Plant (e) Plant using Absorption system
( c) Cold Storage (f) Air washer Plants
(g) Window air conditioning

7. REFERENCES:

Sr. Title of the book Author Publisher

No.
1 Principle of Refrigeration Dossat R.J. Prentice Hall, USA
2 Basic Refrigeration and air conditioning P.N. Anantha narayan Tata Mc Graw Hill
(2nd Edition)
3 Refrigeration and Air conditioning Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai & Sons
4 Refrigeration and Air conditioning(1998) Khurmi & Gupta S. Chand, New Delhi
5 Refrigeration and Air conditioning(2nd C.P. Arora Tata Mc Graw Hill
Edi.1998)
6 Refrigeration and Air conditioning P.L. Balleney Khanna Publishers
7 Industrial Refrigeration Handbook (1998) Stoecker Mc Graw Hill, USA
8 Modern Refrigeration & Air conditioning Althouse etc Galgotia Book source
New Delhi
9 Refrigeration & Air conditioning M. Prasad Wilely Easter, Delhi
10 Fundamental of refrigeration Longely Delmar Pub. USA
11 Refrigeration & Air conditioning ARI P.H.I., USA
12 Handbook of Air conditioning Wang Mc Graw Hill
13 Air Conditioning Lang CBS Pub. Co. Delhi
14 Heating, Ventilation and air conditioning Clifford Reston Pub. USA
15 Air conditioning ( 4th Edition) Jones Edward Arnold
16 Air conditioning Principles & Systems Pita John Wilely USA
17 Refrigeration & air conditioning(2000) Trott Mc Graw Hill Uk
18 HVAC Principles & applications(1997) Mull Mc Graw Hill USA
19 Principles of Heating, Ventilation and air Howell saucer coad Ashree 1998
conditioning
20 HVAC Systems Duct Design - SMACNA, USA
21 HVAC Systems Monger Prentice Hall, USA
22 HVAC Systems Design Hand Book Hains& Wilson Mc Graw Hill USA
23 Fan Application Manual - AMCA, USA
24 Cooling Towers Gurney & Cotter Maclaren & Sons , UK
25 ASHRAE Handbook Fundamentals ASHRAE
26 ASHRAE Handbook Refrigeration ASHRAE
27 ASHRAE Handbook Applications ASHRAE
28 ASHRAE Handbook System and ASHRAE
Applications
29 Prashitan and vatanukulan A.K. Mehta Uni. Text Book Board,
AHN
30 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning P.S. Desai L.F. Atul PRakashan
Rajput
31 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning - L.R.D.C., A’bad
32 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning(4th 2000) Whitman Johnson Delmar Pub. Co. USA
Tomczyk
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STATEGIES:

Topic No. Instructional Strategy Key Resources Needed

1 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP
2 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP
3 Classroom Instruction, Lab Experience Charts, OHP, Models
4 Classroom Instruction, Lab Experience Charts, OHP, Models
5 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP
6 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP
7 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP
8 Classroom Instruction, Lab Experience, Psychometric tables,
home Assignment Charts
9 Classroom Instruction, home Assignment Table, Charts
10 Classroom Instruction, Lab Experience Charts, OHP
11 Classroom Instruction, Lab Experience Charts, OHP, Models
12 Classroom Instruction Charts, OHP, Working
Models, Industrial Visits

9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME :

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC % WEIGHTAGE

NO.
1. Introduction 05
2. Air Refrigeration System 05
3. Vapour Compression System 15
4. Vapour Absorption System 05
5. Refrigerants 05
6. Application of refrigeration 05
7. Thermal Insulation 05
8. Applied Psychrometry 25
9. Estimation of Cooling load 10
10. Air Conditioning System 10
11. Air Handling System 10
12. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Service 00
Total 100

10. SUPPORT GROUP:

(A) Polytechnic Faculty

1. Prof. L. F. Rajput
2. “ B. H. Trivedi
3 “ J.M. Patel
4 “ M. M. Bhavsar

(B) C.D.C. Faculty

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
COURSE CODE: SM-607
COURSE NAME: HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC DEVICES

1. RATIONALE:

The integration of hydraulics and pneumatics has grown to a great extent. The realm spans from
small sophisticated valves to heavy earth moving equipment. The applications are also in the
spectrum of almost all engineering areas like automobiles, ship building, earth moving, robotics,
machine building, hand tools, aircrafts, and so on. It is of prime importance for the technician to
handle and maintain such independent or integrated devices. The underlying concept leads to
focus mainly on operational and maintenance aspects with fundamental design concepts in
background. This subject, in the line, mainly focuses on such aspects with an attempt to acquire
real life devices operation and maintenance.

2. SCHEME OF STUDY AND EXAMINATION:

Sr. Code Name of Course L P Examination Scheme

No No. TH. PR. T.W. TOTAL
1 SM-607 HYDRAULIC AND 3 2 100 50 25 175
PNEUMATIC DEVICES

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING AND ASSESSMENT:

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC TEACHING HOURS

NO.
LECT PRACT TOTAL % weightage
1. Control Systems 03 - 03 05
2. Fundamentals of Hydraulics 03 - 03 05
3. Hydraulic Elements 05 02 07 10
4. Hydraulic Circuits 06 04 10 20
5. Hydraulic Devices, Installation and 05 08 13 10
Maintenance
6. Fundamentals of Pneumatics 02 - 02 05
7. Pneumatic Elements 05 02 07 10
8. Pneumatic Circuits 06 04 10 20
9. Pneumatic Devices, Installation and 05 06 11 10
Maintenance
10. Hydropneumatics 02 02 04 05
42 28 70 100
TOTAL
4. OBJECTIVES: -

Students should be able to

• Use ISO symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic circuit.
• Understand basic and logical circuits of hydraulic and pneumatic devices.
• Operate and install simple hydraulic and pneumatic devices.
• Identify causes of simple troubles in hydraulic and pneumatic devices.
• Mount/connect elements/fittings/accessories of hydraulic and pneumatic devices.
• Understand working of hydraulic and pneumatic devices.

[Link] AND SUB TOPICS:

1.0 CONTROL SYSTEMS

1.0 Concept, definition, need

1.1 Open loop and closed loop control systems – block diagrams, differences, and
applications.
1.2 Servo control system – concept, applications.
1.3 Definition and meaning of important terms and control parameters used in control
systems.
1.4 Control elements used in hydraulic and pneumatic devices control systems – types,
working, applications.
1.5 Control modes – types, concept, block diagram, and applications.

2.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF HYDRAULICS

2.0 Definition and inter relationships of various terms.

2.1 Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic – concept, definitions.
2.2 Laws governing fluid flow (Pascal’s law, continuity equation, Bernoulli’s theorem)
2.3 Flow through pipes – types, pressure drop in pipes.
2.4 Working fluids used in hydraulic systems – types, properties, designation, standards,
and selection criteria.
2.5 Hydraulic systems – concept, application areas, advantages and limitations.

3.0 HYDRAULIC ELEMNETS

3.0 Pipes – materials designations, standards, properties, pressure rating, selection

criteria.
3.1 Piping layout – concept, guiding rules/norms/traditions.
3.2 Hydraulic pump – types, construction, working, pressure regulation selection criteria.
3.3 Control valves – types, designations, standards, working, mounting methods,
applications, and selection criteria.
3.4 Actuators - types, construction, working, mounting methods, applications,
synchronization, counter and dynamic braking.
3.5 Other elements, fittings & accessories – types (such as strainers, filters, distributors,
manifold, accumulator, coolers, heat exchangers, hoses, connectors, oil reservoir, oil
purifier, oil level and pressure indicators, seals, etc.) construction, working,
designations, standards, applications, selection criteria.

4.0 HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

4.0 Concept and meaning

4.1 ISO symbols used
4.2 Basic hydraulic circuits – type, circuit diagrams, working, applications.
4.3 Logic circuits – types, symbols.
4.4 Guiding rules/ norms/ steps/ methods for designing hydraulic circuits.
4.5 Simple circuit design (at least 2 design based on given problem / situation and based
on selection and arrangement of elements) – circuit diagram, list of elements with
specifications, working. Metering in Metering out control circuits.

5.0 HYDRAULIC DEVICES, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE

5.0 Hydraulic devices – types (automotive hydraulic brake, material handling trolley/
forklift, power pack, hydraulic jack, automotive power steering) need, working
diagram, hydraulic circuit, working, major elements and their specifications,
controls, performance variables/ criteria, applications, general guidelines for
operation.
5.1 Installation of hydraulic devices taken above in 5.1, - need, pre-preparation,
connection methods for hydraulic circuit, procedure, testing.
5.2 Common troubles its causes and preventive/ post remedial actions for hydraulic
devices taken above in 5.1.
5.3 Need for preventive maintenance and maintenance schedule for hydraulic devices,
general guidelines for maintenance.
5.4 List critical spares for hydraulic devices taken above in 5.1, importance for their
stock.
5.5 Instruments/ methods for fault finding.

6.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF PNEUMATICS

6.0 Introduction, history

6.1 Compressible fluid flow – properties, applicable laws (Boyel’s, Charles’, Gay
Lussac’s combined) mass flow rate
6.2 Compressible fluids – types, properties, standards, designations, applications
6.3 Pneumatic systems – advantages, limitations.

7.0 PNEUMATIC ELEMENTS

7.0 Pipe - materials, designations, standards, properties, pressure rating, selection criteria.
7.1 Piping layout – concept, loop systems, guiding rules / norms/ traditions, pressure
drop.
7.2 Air compressor – types, selection criteria
7.3 Air receiver – specification, working, capacity control.
7.4 Driers – types, working, selection criteria.
7.5 Pneumatic cylinders – types, cushion assemblies, types of mounts, construction
material, lubrication, installation and maintenance.
7.6 Air motors – types, working.
7.7 Pneumatic valves – types, designations, standards, working, mounting methods,
applications selection criteria.
7.8 Other fittings / elements & accessories – types & sub-types (such as filters, pressure
regulator, lubricator, mufflers) working, designations, standards, applications,
selection criteria.

8.0 PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS

8.0 Concept and meaning.

8.1 ISO symbols used.
8.2 Guiding rules / norms/ steps/ methods for designing Pneumatic circuits.
8.3 Basic pneumatic circuits – types, circuit diagram, working, applications.
8.4 Simple circuit diagram (at least 2 designs based on given problem/ situation and
based on selection and arrangement of elements) – circuit diagram, list of elements
with specifications, working.

9.0 PNEUMATIC DEVICES, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE

9.0 Pneumatic devices – types (pneumatic brake, air suspension system of automotive
pneumatic drill) – major elements, controls and performance, applications, general
guidelines for operation.
9.1 Safety and cleanliness of pneumatic devices.
9.2 Installation of pneumatic devices mentioned in 9.1, - need, pre-preparation,
connection method for pneumatic circuit.
9.3 Common troubles, causes, and preventive and post remedial actions for pneumatic
devices taken in 9.1, faultfinding instruments and methods.
9.4 Need for preventive maintenance and maintenance schedule for pneumatic device and
general guidelines for maintenance.

10.0 HYDROPNEUMATICS

10.0 Introduction.
10.1 Elements, working, applications.
10.2 Types of feed.
10.3 Introduction to integration of hydraulic / pneumatic circuit with microprocessor/
Microcontroller/ programmable Logic controllers (PLCs)
6.0 LABORATORY EXPERIENCE:

Exp TITLE HOURS

No
1. Study of various types of hydraulic and pneumatic elements. 02

2. Take any three hydraulic devices (e.g. Power pack, earth moving equipment,. 08
…etc.) study them, make system diagrams, dismantle any one and perform
maintenance task.
3. Take any three pneumatic devices (e.g. pneumatic brake, air suspension system 06
of automotive, pneumatic drill etc.) study them, make system diagrams,
dismantle any one and perform maintenance task.

4. Given simple system requirements, design hydraulic system (only selection and 04
arrangement of elements). Use circuit designing software and kit/circuit trainer.

5. Given simple system requirements, design pneumatic system (only selection 04

and arrangement of elements). Use circuit designing software and kit/circuit
trainer.

6. Demonstration of computer based hydraulic and pneumatic circuit designs. 02

7. Industrial visit based report writing --

7. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES:

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC INSTRUCTIONAL KEY RESOURCES NEEDED

NO. STRATEGIES
1. Control Systems INPUT CUM OHP, CHART, PROJECTOR,
DISCUSSION AND COMPUTER BASE CDs / SOFTWARE,
CASE STUDY MM PROJECTOR, TRAINER /
PRACTICAL KIT
2. Fundamentals Of “ “
Hydraulics
3. Hydraulic Elements “ “
4. Hydraulic Circuits “ “
5. Hydraulic Devices, “ “
Installation And
Maintenance
6 Fundamentals Of “ “
Pneumatics
7 Pneumatic Elements “ “
8 Pneumatic Circuits “ “
9 Pneumatic Devices, “ “
Installation And
Maintenance
10 Hydropneumatics “ “
8. REFERENCES :

Sr Title Author Publisher

No
1. Mechatronics Bolton Pearsons
2. Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics Abdulla Shariff Dhanpatrai Publications
and hydraulic machinery And others
3. Fluid power design handbook Frank Yeaple Marcel Dekker, Inc.
4. Hydraulics and hydraulic machinery TTTI, Madras
5. Process control Peter Harriott TMGH
6. Automatic Process control Donald P Eckman Wiley Eastern
7. Hydraulic machines including fluidics Dr Jagdish Lal Metropolitan Book Co.
New Delhi
8. Industrial Pneumatic Control Z J Lansky Marcel Dekker, Inc.

9. SUPPORT GROUP

A. POLYTECHNIC FACULTY

1. Shri. A M Talsaniya
2. Shri. M P Jakhaniya
3. Shri. H R Sapramer

B. CDC FACULTY

1. Shri. S R Mishra
2. Shri. P R Rathod
COURSE CODE : SM-608
COURSE NAME : OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (OM)

1. RATIONALE
This course will develop in the students the abilities to search for alternative solutions for any operating
problems/ situations by logical thinking and to develop analytical skill by learning important operation
research techniques.
The knowledge of this course will enable students to think for alternative solutions and arrive at a
optimized cost effective solutions for shop floor and operating problems.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

SR. COURSE NAME OF COURSE TEACHING EXAMINATION

NO. CODE SCHEME SCHEME

L P TH. PR. T.W. TOTAL

01 SM-608 Operations Management 03 02 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC [Link] HOURS

NO. LECT. PRACT. TOTAL
1. Introduction 02 -- 02
2. Linear Programming 09 10 19
3. Transportation Techniques 07 06 13
4. Assignment Techniques 04 02 06
5. Replacement Theory And Sequencing Problems 06 04 10
6. Inventory Management 06 04 10
7. Synchronous Manufacturing 04 -- 04
8. Waste Management And Cost Control Approaches 04 02 06
Total 42 28 70

4. OBJECTIVE
1. Understand concept and industrial applications of operations management.
2. Develop logic for routine decision making in industrial environment using simple operations
research techniques.
3. Know concept and applications of synchronous manufacturing.
4. Appreciate need for waste management and cost control approaches.
5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS

1.0 INTRODUCTION :

1.1 Operations management : concept, meaning, definition, overview, scope and importance
1.2 Optimization: concept, meaning, definition, need and scope.

2.0 LINEAR PROGRAMMING.

2.1 Introduction, importance, application.

2.2 Various terms, and their meaning.
2.3 Canonical form of LPP.
2.4 Mathematical formulation of the problem.
2.5 Graphical solution.
2.6 Slack & surplus variable.
2.7 Simplex method, simplex method for requirement, approximation, equality, variable
unrestricted in sign for maximization and minimization. (For 2 variables and maximum 3
constrains)

3.0 TRANSPORTATION TECHNIQUES.

3.1 Introduction, importance, applications.

3.2 Transportation techniques: initial feasible solution, vocal’s approximation method, stepping
stone method, row column cost method, MODI method for balanced problem. (For maximum 4
sources and 4 destinations)
3.3 Simple transshipment problems.

4.0 ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES.

4.1 Introduction, importance and applications.

4.2 Technique for solution, Hungarian method, modified matrix. (for maximum 4 activities)
4.3 Maximization problem.

5.0 REPLACEMENT THEORY AND SEQUENCING PROBLEMS.

5.1 Introduction, importance and applications.

5.2 Various terms, their meanings & definitions, cost of “Keeping it on “ and “Replacing,
examples.
5.3 Replacement by alternative equipment,
5.4 Sequencing problems: introduction, heuristic problem solving, sequencing problems,
sequencing problems for n jobs and 2 machines & n jobs and 3 machines.(n= no. of jobs should
not be more than 4)

6.0 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

6.1 Introduction, need, applications
6.2 Various terms, their meaning and definitions
6.3 Inventory models, their derivations and examples
7.0 SYNCHRONOUS MANUFACTURING

7.1 Concept, meaning, importance of synchronous manufacturing.

7.2 Hocky-stick phenomena.
7.3 Performance measurement-types, importance, applications (This includes financial, operational,
productivity, efficiency, utility, etc.)
7.4 Unbalanced capacity-reasons, effects and strategies to balance.
7.5 Bottlenecking-reasons, effects and strategies to reduce.
7.6 Basic manufacturing building blocks.
7.7 Methods for control in synchronous manufacturing.

8.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND COST CONTROL APPROACHES.

8.1 Waste: types & reasons

8.2 Reasons to eliminate waste.
8.3 Sources of waste & methods to minimize / eliminate waste in mechanical engineering industry,
examples/ situations.
8.4 Cost control: Concept, need and significance.
8.5 Cost control methods : Approaches, examples/ situations suitable for mechanical engineering
situation.

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES:

[Link]. TITLE HRS.

1 Maximization problem solution using simplex method. (one each for 08
requirement, approximation and equality for 2 variables & max. 3 constraints)
2 Minimization and maximization problem solving using graphical method 02
3 Transportation problem solving (for max. 4 sources and 4 destinations) 04
4 Transshipment problem solving – simple 02
5 Assignment problem solving (for max. 4 activities) 02
6 Replacement problem solving 02
7 Sequencing problem solving (for max. 4 jobs and 3 machines) 02
8 Inventory model calculations & problem solving 04
9 Case study/Seminar/Representation on waste / cost control and synchronous 02
manufacturing

7. REFERENCES

1. Production & operations management Chase and Aquilano (Lrwin publication)

2. Operations management: Problems and model Elwood S. Buffa (John Willy & sons)
3. Operations research [Link]
4. Operations research N.R. Dave, Manglani (C. Jamnadas & co.)
5. Principles of operation research : Harvey [Link]
6. Operations research [Link], [Link] schke,
[Link] ([Link])
7. Productivity Engineering & Management Sumenath (TMGH publication)
8. Purchasing and inventory control [Link] (Wheeler publisher)
9. Production and inventory control George [Link] (PHI publication)
10. Production and operations management Everette, Adam Jr., Ronald J. Ebert (PHI publi.)
11. Operations research Taha H.A. (PHI publication)
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

TOPIC NO. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES KEY RESOURCES NEEDED

1 Class room, industrial visit, workshop floor teaching OHP
2 Class room, software package for topic OHP, PC
3 ---do--- ---do---
4 ---do--- ---do---
5 ---do--- ---do---
6 ---do--- ---do---
7 ---do---, case study, examples ---do---

9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

TOPIC NO NAME OF TOPIC % Weightage

1 Introduction 5
2 Linear Programming 25
3 Transportation Techniques 15
4 Assignment Techniques 10
5 Replacement Theory And Sequencing Problems 15
6 Inventory Management 10
7 Synchronous Manufacturing 10
8 Waste Management And Cast Control Approaches 10
TOTAL 100

10. SUPPORT GROUP :

(A) POLYTECHIC FACULTY

1. Prof. R. A. Shah
2. “ D. S. Dave
3. “ A. M. Talsaniya
4. “ G. D. Vaghela
5. “ D.S. Shah

(B) CDC FACULTY

1. Prof. [Link]
2. Prof. [Link]
COURSE CODE : SM-609
COURSE NAME : FABRICATION TECHNOLOGY

1. RATIONALE

The rapid industrial development and growth of Chemical industries, Fertilizer industries, Ship
building, Mechanical fabrication & Electronics needs fabrication for one or another reason. This has
grown and developed fabrication industries.
This curriculum will help the students to achieve know how required by fabrication industries. Students
aspiring for self employment will find ample (immense) opportunities in this area of metal fabrication
work, fabrication requirements, fabrication consumables, testing, etc.

2. SCHEME OF STUDIES

SR. COURSE NAME OF COURSE TEACHING EXAMINATION

NO. CODE SCHEME SCHEME

L P TH. PR. T.W. TOTAL

01 SM-609 Fabrication Technology 03 02 100 50 25 175

3. SCHEME OF TEACHING

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC NO. OF HOURSE

NO. L P C
1. Introduction 6 2 8
2. Fabrication Drawing Interpretation 4 2 6
3. Advance Welding and Cutting Processes 8 12 20
4. Edge Preparation 3 2 5
5. Inspection, Testing and Quality Control 8 6 14
6. Welding Metallurgy 7 2 9
7. Surface Finishing and Coating 4 2 6
8. Welding Safety 2 - 2
Total 42 28 70

4. OBJECTIVES:
1. Know various materials and consumables used in welding.
2. Interpret fabrication drawings.
3. Understand advance welding and cutting processes.
4. Know various inspection & testing methods.
5. Understand various surface finishing & coating methods.

5. TOPICS AND SUB-TOPICS

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Fabrication technology-Importance, and areas of fabrications.

1.2 Distinguish between fabrication work and manufacturing process.
1.3 Fabrication processes-types, features, merits and demerits, and applications.
1.4 Fabrication materials-types, their standards (BIS, JIS, EN, ASME, ASTM, etc..) their methods
of designations, properties, applications (for coded and non coded practices) and selection
criteria.
1.5 Consumables-types: classification: features; standards their codes, designation method;
applications and selection criteria.
1.6 Weldability-concept, meaning, definition and factors affecting it and its importance.
1.7 Power source-classification, advantages, limitations, features, applications & selection criteria.
(Introductory).

2.0 FABRICATION DRAWING INTERPRETATION.

2.1 Welding symbols & their different standards. (Including BIS/ASME etc.)
2.2 Piping symbol & their different standards (including BIS/ASME etc.)
2.3 Structural drawing- features & interpretation.
2.4 Process equipment drawings-features & interpretation.

3.0 ADVANCE WELDING AND CUTTING PROCESSES

3.1 Advance Welding processes-types, definitions, working, principle, power source, tools,
equipments, consumables, applications and selection criteria. (This includes MMAW, SAW,
MIG, FCAW, TIG, RESISTANCE, PLASMA, LASER, BEAM, ELECTRON BEAM,
UNDER WATER, and other in trend.)
3.2 Cutting processes-types, working, features, applications and selection criteria.

4.0 EDGE PREPARATION

4.1 Edge preparation-need and advantages, types, methods & applications.

4.2 Types of welded joint, their applications.
4.3 Equipments/machines used for edge preparation, their working & features.
4.4 Set up, fit up and alignment of pressure vessels.

5.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL

5.1 Common weld defects, their causes and remedies;

5.2 Codes used in fabrication work (such as ASME, TEMA, BIS, etc.)-importance, use
5.3 Weld quality-concept, meaning, definition, importance and factors affecting it.
5.4 Modes of inspection of weld work.
5.5 Testing methods-types, features, standards, working, applications & selection criteria.
5.6 Quality control for fabrication work-need, importance, approach & advantages.
5.7 Third party inspection- concept, need, and agencies.

6.0 WELDING METALLURGY.

6.1 Welding Metallurgy & its analysis.

6.2 Preheating-need, method, application.
6.3 Post heating-need, method, application.
6.4 Post weld heat treatment-need, methods, applications, and selection criteria.
6.5 Welding heat flow diagram-concept, importance, applications.
6.6 Thermal distortion-concept, meaning, definition, causes, effect and types.
6.7 Methods and equipments used to control thermal distortion.
6.8 Methods of relieving thermal stresses.
7.0 SURFACE FINISHING AND COATING

7.1 Surface finishing on weld part-need, importance, methods & procedure.

7.2 Surface coating-need, benefits, methods and procedures.

8.0 WELDING SAFETY.

8.1 Need
8.2 Precautions and measures.
8.3 Safety norms for welding applications.

6. LABORATORY EXPERIENCES:

SR. NO. TITLE HRS.

1. Demonstration on Welding equipments and consumables 02
2. Preparation of using one complex job each arc, gas & spot welding. 14
This includes & process.
(a) Selection of process & process parameters
(b) Selection of consumables.
(c) Edge preparation if applicable.
(d) Process.
(e) Post process treatments.
(f) Inspection and testing.
3. Report writing/presentation on advance welding processes by each 06
student
4. Case study on weldment 02
5. Industrial visit, report writing and presentation. This should focus 04
on product range, welding & testing methods used, surface
treatments used & other fabrication aspects. (This is part of
termwork.)
7. REFERENCES
SR. TITLE OF THE BOOK AUTHOR PUBLISHER
NO.
1. Basic Welding and fabrication [Link] Pitman
2. Welding and Welding Technology Richared L. Littlo Mc. Grawffiee
Book Co.
3. Modern Welding Technology Howard B Cary Prentic Hall Inc.
4. Welding Processes & Procedures Learl love ---do---
5. Modern welding Althouse Trunquist The Good Heart
Hillcox Co. Inc.
6. Arc Welding theory and Practice Raymold J. Sacks Affiliated Cast
West press Post
Ltd., New Dehli
7. Metals hand Book Vol. 6 Welding & Brazing American Society for
Metals
8. Metal cutting science & Production [Link] & L. N. Khanna Publi.
Technology Agrawal Dehli
9. Repairs of Industrial Equipment [Link] MIR Publishers
8. SUGGESTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES:

Topic Instructional Strategies Key Resources Needed

No.
1. Class room teaching, workshop OHP, Model, materials, consumables.
2. Class room teaching OHP, Industrial drawings.
3. Class room teaching OHP, Video cassettes, processes.
4. ---do--- ---do---
5. ---do--- ---do---
6. ---do--- OHP, Video cassettes, Models.
7. ---do--- ---do---
8. ---do--- Demonstration, OHP, Video cassettes.

9. ASSESSMENT SCHEME

TOPIC NAME OF TOPIC %

NO. WEIGHTAGE

1. Introduction 10
2. Fabrication Drawing Interpretation 05
3. Advance Welding and Cutting Processes 35
4. Edge Preparation 05
5. Inspection, Testing and Quality Control 20
6. Welding Metallurgy 10
7. Surface Finishing and Coating 10
8. Welding Safety 05
Total 100

10. SUPPORT GROUP:

(A) Polytechnic Faculty

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]
3. “ [Link]
4. “ [Link]
5. “ [Link]

(B) C.D.C. Faculty

1. Prof. [Link]
2. “ [Link]